The Conditions, Pillars and Requirements of Prayer – Dawud Burbank [Audio|En]

by Imaam Muhammad ibn ‘Abdil-Wahhaab rahimuhullaah
with the explanation of Sh ‘AbdulMuhsin al-‘Abbaad hafidhahullaah
Translated by Abu Talhah Dawud Burbank

Uploaded with Permission from Dawud Burbank rahimahullaah

Part 01 : Listen / Download Mp3 Here (Time 52:31)

Part 02 : Listen / Download Mp3 Here (Time 50:16)

Note: Series Incomplete – only above two audio available

The Conditions, Pillars and Requirements of the Prayer – Imaam Muhammad bin ‘Abdil-Wahhaab

AUTHOR: Imaam Muhammad bin ‘Abdil-Wahhaab
TRANSLATED: Al-Ibaanah Book Publishing
PRODUCED BY: Al-Ibaanah.com

About the Book:

This is a translation of the beneficial treatise of Imaam Muhammad bin ‘Abdil-Wahhaab, “Shuroot as-Salaat wa Arkaanuhaa wa Waajibaatuhaa.” [The Conditions, Pillars and Requirements of the Prayer]

In this short treatise, Imaam Muhammad bin ‘Abdil-Wahhaab, may Allaah have mercy on him, briefly outlines the nine conditions for the acceptance of one’s prayer, as well as the fourteen pillars and eight requirements of the prayer, mentioning some of their proofs and evidences from the Book and the Sunnah.

A condition is something that is required before the commencement of prayer in order for it to be valid. “The pillars are that which if one fails to perform any of them out of forgetfulness or intentionally, his prayer is rendered invalid because of his abandoning it. The requirements are that which if one fails to perform any of them intentionally, his prayer is rendered invalid due to his abandoning it, but if he leaves any of them due to forgetfulness, he is obligated to perform the (extra) prostrations for forgetfulness.”

The author also lists the conditions, obligations, requirements and nullifiers of wudoo (ablution). The translator has provided a quick reference guide as an appendix listing each of these points, as well as footnotes with hadeeth references and other comments gathered from several sources of this treatise.

Quotes from the Book:

“The things that nullify (nawaaqid) the ablution are eight: (1) Whatever comes out from the two private parts; (2) Any foul impure substance that comes out from the body; (3) Loss of consciousness (i.e. sleep/insanity); (4) Touching a woman with sexual desire; (5) Touching one’s private part with the hand, whether it is the frontal or rear (private part); (6) Eating the meat of camels; (7) Bathing a deceased person; and (8) Apostating from Islaam, may Allaah protect us from that!”

“The pillars of the prayer are fourteen: (1) Standing, if one has the ability to do so; (2) The opening Takbeer; (3) Reciting Surah Al-Faatihah; (4) Bowing; (5) Rising from Bowing; (6) Prostrating on all seven limbs; (7) Erecting oneself from it; (8) Sitting between the two prostrations; (9) Remaining tranquil (i.e. not rushing) during all of these pillars; (10) Maintaining the same sequence; (11) the Final Tashahhud; (12) Sitting for it; (13) Sending Salaat on the Prophet; and (14) the (final) two Tasleems.”

[Download the PDF Book]

Sahih al-Bukhari: Book 22: Forgetfulness in Prayer

Sahih al-Bukhari · Book 22 of 97

Forgetfulness in Prayer

كتاب السهو

Hadith 1224 – 123614 Ahadith

Chapter 1

What is said regarding the Sahw. If someone gets up (for the third Rak’a without sitting) after the second Rak’a of a compulsory Salat (prayer).

باب مَا جَاءَ فِي السَّهْوِ إِذَا قَامَ مِنْ رَكْعَتَىِ الْفَرِيضَةِ

1224. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Buhaina (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ once led us in a prayer and offered two Rak’at and got up (for the third Rak’a) without sitting (after the second Rak’a). The people also got up with him, and when he was about to finish his prayer, we waited for him to finish the prayer with Taslim but he said Takbir before Taslim and performed two prostrations while sitting and then finished the prayer with Taslim.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1224
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 315 (old numbering)

1225. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Buhaina (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ got up after the second Rak’a of the Zuhr prayer without sitting in between (the second and the third Rak’at). When he finished the prayer he performed two prostrations (of Sahu) and then finished the prayer with Tasllm.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1225
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 316 (old numbering)
Chapter 2

If one offers five Rak’a (instead of four).

باب إِذَا صَلَّى خَمْسًا

1226. Narrated’ ‘Abdullah:

Once Allah’s Messenger ﷺ offered five Rak’at in the Zuhr prayer, and somebody asked him whether there was some increase in the prayer. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “What is that?” He said, “You have offered five Rak’at.” So Allah’s Messenger ﷺ performed two prostrations of Sahu after Taslim.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1226
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 317 (old numbering)
Chapter 3

If one finishes his Salat (prayer) with Taslim after offering two or three Rak’a (by mistake), then he should perform two prostrations (of Sahw) like ordinary prostrations of the Salat (prayer), or longer.

باب إِذَا سَلَّمَ فِي رَكْعَتَيْنِ أَوْ ثَلاَثٍ فَسَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ مِثْلَ سُجُودِ الصَّلاَةِ أَوْ أَطْوَلَ

1227. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ led us in the ‘Asr or the Zuhr prayer and finished it with Taslim. Dhul-Yadain said to him, “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! Has the prayer been reduced?” The Prophet ﷺ asked his companions in the affirmative. So Allah’s Messenger ﷺ I offered two more Rak’at and then performed two prostrations (of Sahu). Sad said, “I saw that ‘Ursa bin Az-Zubair had offered two Rak’at in the Maghrib prayer and finished it with Taslim. He then talked (and when he was informed about it) he completed the rest of his prayer and performed two prostrations, and said, ‘The Prophet ﷺ prayed like this.’ “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1227
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 318 (old numbering)
Chapter 4

Whoever did not recite Tashah-hud (At-Tahiyyat) after the two prostrations of Sahw.

باب مَنْ لَمْ يَتَشَهَّدْ فِي سَجْدَتَىِ السَّهْوِ

1228. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Once Allah’s Messenger ﷺ offered two Rak’at and finished his prayer. So Dhul-Yadain asked him, “Has the prayer been reduced or have you forgotten?” Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Has DhulYadain spoken the truth?” The people replied in the affirmative. Then Allah’s Messenger ﷺ stood up and offered the remaining two Rak’at and performed Taslim, and then said Takbir and performed two prostrations like his usual prostrations, or a bit longer, and then got up.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1228
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 319 (old numbering)

1228b. Narrated Salama bin ‘Alqama:

I asked Muhammad (bin Sirin) whether Tashah-hud should be recited after the two prostrations of Sahu. He replied, “It is not (mentioned) in Abu Hurairah’s narration . “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1228b
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 320 (old numbering)
Chapter 5

To say Takbir in the prostrations of Sahw.

باب مَنْ يُكَبِّرُ فِي سَجْدَتَىِ السَّهْوِ

1229. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ offered one of the evening prayers (the sub-narrator Muhammad said, “I think that it was most probably the ‘Asr prayer”) and he finished it after offering two Rak’at only. He then stood near a price of wood in front of the Mosque and put his hand over it. Abu Bakr and ‘Umar were amongst those who were present, but they dared not talk to him about that (because of excessive respect for him), and those who were in a hurry went out. They said, “Has the prayer been reduced?” A man who was called DhulYadain by the Prophet ﷺ said (to the Prophet ﷺ), “Has the prayer been reduced or have you forgotten?” He said, “Neither have I forgotten, nor has the prayer been reduced.” He said, “Certainly you have forgotten.” So the Prophet ﷺ offered two more Rak’at and performed Tashm and then said Takbir and performed a prostration of Sahu like his ordinary prostration or a bit longer and then raised his head and said Takbir and then put his head down and performed a prostration like his ordinary prostration or a bit longer, and then raised his head and said Takbir.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1229
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 321 (old numbering)

1230. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Buhaina Al-Asdi (radhiyallahu anhu):

(the ally of Bani ‘Abdul Muttalib) Allah’s Messenger ﷺ stood up for the Zuhr prayer and he should have sat (after the second Rak’a but he stood up for the third Rak’a without sitting for Tashah-hud) and when he finished the prayer he performed two prostrations and said Takbir on each prostration while sitting, before ending (the prayer) with Taslim; and the people too performed the two prostrations with him instead of the sitting he forgot.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1230
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 322 (old numbering)
Chapter 6

When a person forgets whether he has offered three or four Rak’a (then he should) perform two prostrations while sitting in his last Rak’a.

باب إِذَا لَمْ يَدْرِ كَمْ صَلَّى ثَلاَثًا أَوْ أَرْبَعًا سَجَدَ سَجْدَتَيْنِ وَهْوَ جَالِسٌ

1231. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “When the call for prayer is made, Satan takes to his heels passing wind so that he may not hear the Adhan and when the call is finished he comes back, and when the Iqama is pronounced, Satan again takes to his heels, and when the Iqama is finished he comes back again and tries to interfere with the person and his thoughts and say, “Remember this and that (which he has not thought of before the prayer)”, till the praying person forgets how much he has prayed. If anyone of you does not remember whether he has offered three or four Rak’at then he should perform two prostrations of Sahu while sitting.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1231
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 323 (old numbering)
Chapter 7

Sahw (i.e forgetfulness) in compulsory Salat (prayers) and Nawafil.

باب السَّهْوِ فِي الْفَرْضِ وَالتَّطَوُّعِ

1232. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “When anyone of you stands for the prayers, Satan comes and puts him in doubts till he forgets how many Rak’at he has prayed. So if this happens to anyone of you, he should perform two prostrations of Sahu while sitting.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1232
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 324 (old numbering)
Chapter 8

If a person speaks to a person offering Salat (prayer), and the latter beckons with his hand and listens.

باب إِذَا كُلِّمَ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي فَأَشَارَ بِيَدِهِ وَاسْتَمَعَ

1233. Narrated Kuraib:

I was sent to ‘Aishah by Ibn ‘Abbas, Al-Miswar bin Makhrama and ‘Abdur-Rahman bin Azhar . They told me to greet her on their behalf and to ask her about the offering of the two Rak’at after the ‘Asr prayer and to say to her, “We were informed that you offer those two Rak’at and we were told that the Prophet ﷺ had forbidden offering them.” Ibn ‘Abbas said, “I along with ‘Umar bin Al-Khattab used to beat the people whenever they offered them.” I went to ‘Aishah and told her that message. ‘Aishah said, “Go and ask Um Salama about them.” So I returned and informed them about her statement. They then told me to go to Um Salama with the same question with which t sent me to ‘Aishah. Um Salama replied, “I heard the Prophet ﷺ forbidding them. Later I saw him offering them immediately after he prayed the ‘Asr prayer. He then entered my house at a time when some of the Ansari women from the tribe of Bani Haram were sitting with me, so I sent my slave girl to him having said to her, ‘Stand beside him and tell him that Um Salama says to you, “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! I have heard you forbidding the offering of these (two Rak’at after the ‘Asr prayer) but I have seen you offering them.” If he waves his hand then wait for him.’ The slave girl did that. The Prophet ﷺ beckoned her with his hand and she waited for him. When he had finished the prayer he said, “O daughter of Bani Umaiya! You have asked me about the two Rak’at after the ‘Asr prayer. The people of the tribe of ‘Abdul-Qais came to me and made me busy and I could not offer the two Rak’at after the Zuhr prayer. These (two Rak’at that I have just prayed) are for those (missed) ones.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1233
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 325 (old numbering)
Chapter 9

Beckoning during the Salat (prayer) [by a person in Salat].

باب الإِشَارَةِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

1234. Narrated Sahl bin Sad As-Sa’idi (radhiyallahu anhu):

The news about the differences amongst the people of Bani’Amr bin ‘Auf reached Allah’s Messenger ﷺ and so he went to them along with some of his companions to affect a reconciliation between them. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ was delayed there, and the time of the prayer was due. Bilal went to Abu Bakr and said to him, “Allah’s Messenger ﷺ has been delayed (there) and the time of prayer is due. So will you lead the people in prayer?” Abu Bakr said, “Yes, if you wish.” Bilal pronounced the Iqama and Abu Bakr, went forward and said Takbir for the people. In the mean-time Allah’s Messenger ﷺ came crossing the rows (of the praying people) and stood in the (first) row and the people started clapping. Abu Bakr, would never glance side-ways in his prayer but when the people clapped much he looked back and (saw) Allah’s Messenger ﷺ . Allah’s Messenger ﷺ beckoned him to carry on the prayer. Abu Bakr raised his hands and thanked Allah, and retreated till he reached the (first) row. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ went forward and led the people in the prayer. When he completed the prayer he faced the people and said, “O people! Why did you start clapping when something unusual happened to you in the prayer? Clapping is only for women. So whoever amongst you comes across something in the prayer should say, ‘Subhan-Allah’ for there is none who will not turn round on hearing him saying Subhan-Allah. O Ab-u Bakr! What prevented you from leading the people in the prayer when I beckoned you to do so?” Abu Bakr replied, “How dare the son of Abu Quhafa lead the prayer in the presence of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ ?”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1234
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 326 (old numbering)

1235. Narrated Asma’ (radhiyallahu anha):

I went to ‘Aishah and she was standing praying and the people, too, were standing (praying). So I said, “What is the matter with the people?” She beckoned with her head towards the sky.

I said, “(Is there) a sign?” She nodded intending to say, “Yes.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1235
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 327 (old numbering)

1236. Narrated ‘Aishah the wife of the Prophet (radhiyallahu anha):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ during his illness prayed in his house sitting, whereas some people followed him standing, but the Prophet ﷺ beckoned them to sit down. On completion of the prayer he said, “The Imam is to be followed. So, bow when he bows, and raise your head when he raises his head.” (See Hadith No. 657 Vol 1 for taking the verdict).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1236
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 328 (old numbering)

No ahadith match your search.

Sahih al-Bukhari: Book 21: Actions while Praying

Sahih al-Bukhari · Book 21 of 97

Actions while Praying

كتاب العمل فى الصلاة

Hadith 1198 – 122327 Ahadith

Chapter 1

To take the help of the hands, while offering Salat (prayer) on condition that the movement should be in line with the rules of the Salat (prayer).

باب اسْتِعَانَةِ الْيَدِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ إِذَا كَانَ مِنْ أَمْرِ الصَّلاَةِ

1198. Narrated Kuraib Maula Ibn ‘Abbas:

‘Abdullah bin Abbas said that he had passed a night in the house of Maimuna the mother of the faithful believers , who was his aunt. He said, “I slept across the bed, and Allah’s Messenger ﷺ along with his wife slept lengthwise. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ slept till mid-night or slightly before or after it. Then Allah’s Messenger ﷺ woke up, sat, and removed the traces of sleep by rubbing his hands over his face. Then he recited the last ten verses of Surat-Al Imran (2). Then he went towards a hanging leather water-container and performed a perfect ablution and then stood up for prayer.” ‘Abdullah bin Abbas added, “I got up and did the same as Allah’s Messenger ﷺ had done and then went and stood by his side. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ then put his right hand over my head and caught my right ear and twisted it. He offered two Rak’at, then two Rak’at, then two Rak’at, then two Rak’at, then two Rak’at, then two Rak’at and then offered one Rak’a Witr. Then he lay down till the Muadh-dhin came and then he prayed two light Rak’at and went out and offered the early morning (Fajr) prayer.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1198
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 289 (old numbering)
Chapter 2

What speech is prohibited during the As-Salat (the prayer).

باب مَا يُنْهَى عَنْهُ مِنَ الْكَلاَمِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

1199. Narrated ‘Abdullah (radhiyallahu anhu):

We used to greet the Prophet ﷺ while he was praying and he used to answer our greetings. When we returned from AnNajashi (the ruler of Ethiopia), we greeted him, but he did not answer us (during the prayer) and (after finishing the prayer) he said, “In the prayer one is occupied (with a more serious matter).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1199
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 290 (old numbering)

1199b. Narrated ‘Abdullah (radhiyallahu anhu):

the same as No. 290. from the Prophet ﷺ

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1199b
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 291 (old numbering)

1200. Narrated Zaid bin Arqam (radhiyallahu anhu):

In the life-time of the Prophet ﷺ we used to speak while praying, and one of us would tell his needs to his companions, till the verse, ‘Guard strictly your prayers (2.238) was revealed. After that we were ordered to remain silent while praying.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1200
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 292 (old numbering)
Chapter 3

What is allowed for the men as regards the saying of Subhan Allah and Alhamdulillah during As-Salat (the prayer).

باب مَا يَجُوزُ مِنَ التَّسْبِيحِ وَالْحَمْدِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ لِلرِّجَالِ

1201. Narrated Sahl bin Sad (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ went out to affect a reconciliation between the tribes of Bani ‘Amr bin ‘Auf and the time of the prayer became due; Bilal went to Abu Bakr and said, “The Prophet ﷺ is detained. Will you lead the people in the prayer?” Abu Bakr replied, “Yes, if you wish.” So Bilal pronounced the Iqama and Abu Bakr led the prayer. In the meantime the Prophet ﷺ came crossing the rows (of the praying people) till he stood in the first row and the people started clapping. Abu Bakr never looked hither and thither during the prayer but when the people clapped too much, he looked back and saw the Prophet ﷺ in the (first) row. The Prophet ﷺ waved him to remain at his place, but Abu Bakr raised both his hands and sent praises to Allah and then retreated and the Prophet ﷺ went forward and led the prayer. (See Hadith No. 295 & 296)

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1201
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 293 (old numbering)
Chapter 4

Whoever named some people or greeted somebody during As-Salat (the prayers) because of ignorance.

باب مَنْ سَمَّى قَوْمًا أَوْ سَلَّمَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ عَلَى غَيْرِهِ مُوَاجَهَةً وَهُوَ لاَ يَعْلَمُ

1202. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Masud (radhiyallahu anhu):

We used to say the greeting, name and greet each other in the prayer. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ heard it and said:–“Say, ‘At-tahiyyatu lil-lahi was-salawatu wat-taiyibatu . Assalamu ‘Alaika aiyuha-n-Nabiyu wa-rahmatu-l-lahi wa-barakatuhu. _ Assalamu alaina wa-‘ala ‘ibadi-l-lahi as-salihin.. Ashhadu an la ilaha illa-l-lah wa ashhadu anna Muhammadan ‘abdu hu wa Rasuluh. (All the compliments are for Allah and all the prayers and all the good things (are for Allah). Peace be on you, O Prophet ﷺ, and Allah’s mercy and blessings (are on you). And peace be on us and on the good (pious) worshipers of Allah. I testify that none has the right to be worshipped but Allah and that Muhammad ﷺ is His slave and Messenger ﷺ.) So, when you have said this, then you have surely sent the greetings to every good (pious) worship per of Allah, whether he be in the Heaven or on the Earth . “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1202
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 294 (old numbering)
Chapter 5

Clapping [during the Salat (prayer)] is permissible only for women.

باب التَّصْفِيقُ لِلنِّسَاءِ

1203. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “The saying ‘Sub Han Allah’ is for men and clapping is for women.” (If something happens in the prayer, the men can invite the attention of the Imam by saying “Sub Han Allah”. And women, by clapping their hands).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1203
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 295 (old numbering)

1204. Narrated Sahl bin Sad (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “The saying ‘Sub Han Allah’ is for men and clapping is for women.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1204
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 296 (old numbering)
Chapter 6

Whoever came back or went forward during the Salat (prayer) because of some urgent need.

باب مَنْ رَجَعَ الْقَهْقَرَى فِي صَلاَتِهِ، أَوْ تَقَدَّمَ بِأَمْرٍ يَنْزِلُ بِهِ

1205. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

While Abu Bakr was leading the people in the morning prayer on a Monday, the Prophet ﷺ came towards them suddenly having lifted the curtain of ‘Aishah’s house, and looked at them as they were standing in rows and smiled. Abu Bakr tried to come back thinking that Allah’s Messenger ﷺ wanted to come out for the prayer. The attention of the Muslims was diverted from the prayer because they were delighted to see the Prophet ﷺ. The Prophet ﷺ waved his hand to them to complete their prayer, then he went back into the room and let down the curtain. The Prophet ﷺ expired on that very day.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1205
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 297 (old numbering)
Chapter 7

If a mother calls her son while he is offering As-Salat (the prayer).

باب إِذَا دَعَتِ الأُمُّ وَلَدَهَا فِي الصَّلاَةِ

1206. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “A woman called her son while he was in his hermitage and said, ‘O Juraij’ He said, ‘O Allah, my mother (is calling me) and (I am offering) my prayer (what shall I do)?’ She again said, ‘O Juraij!’ He said again, ‘O Allah ! My mother (is calling me) and (I am offering) my prayer (what shall I do)?’ She again said, ‘O Juraij’ He again said, ‘O Allah! My mother (is calling me) and (I am offering) my prayer. (What shall I do?)’ She said, ‘O Allah! Do not let Juraij die till he sees the faces of prostitutes.’ A shepherdess used to come by his hermitage for grazing her sheep and she gave birth to a child. She was asked whose child that was, and she replied that it was from Juraij and that he had come out from his hermitage. Juraij said, ‘Where is that woman who claims that her child is from me?’ (When she was brought to him along with the child), Juraij asked the child, ‘O Babus, who is your father?’ The child replied, ‘The shepherd.’ ” (See Hadith No 662. Vol 3).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1206
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 297m (old numbering)
Chapter 8

The levelling of small stones during As-Salat (the prayer) (in front of the forehead).

باب مَسْحِ الْحَصَى فِي الصَّلاَةِ

1207. Narrated Mu’aiqib (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ talked about a man leveling the earth on prostrating, and said, “If you have to do so, then do it once.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1207
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 298 (old numbering)
Chapter 9

Spreading the clothes over the site of prostration while in As-Salat (the prayer).

باب بَسْطِ الثَّوْبِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ لِلسُّجُودِ

1208. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

We used to pray with the Prophet ﷺ in scorching heat, and if someone of us could not put his face on the earth (because of the heat) then he would spread his clothes and prostrate over them.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1208
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 299 (old numbering)
Chapter 10

What kind of actions are permissible during As-Salat.

باب مَا يَجُوزُ مِنَ الْعَمَلِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

1209. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

I used to stretch my legs towards the Qibla of the Prophet ﷺ while he was praying; whenever he prostrated he touched me, and I would withdraw my legs, and whenever he stood up, I would restretch my legs.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1209
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 300 (old numbering)

1210. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ once offered the prayer and said, “Satan came in front of me and tried to interrupt my prayer, but Allah gave me an upper hand on him and I choked him. No doubt, I thought of tying him to one of the pillars of the mosque till you get up in the morning and see him. Then I remembered the statement of Prophet Solomon, ‘My Lord ! Bestow on me a kingdom such as shall not belong to any other after me.’ Then Allah made him (Satan) return with his head down (humiliated).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1210
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 301 (old numbering)
Chapter 11

If an animal runs away while one is in As-Salat (the prayer).

باب إِذَا انْفَلَتَتِ الدَّابَّةُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

1211. Narrated Al-Azraq bin Qais:

We were at Al-Ahwaz fighting the AlHaruriya (tribe). While I was at the bank of a river a man was praying and the reins of his animal were in his hands and the animal was struggling and he was following the animal. (Shu’ba, a sub-narrator, said that man was Abu Barza al-Aslaml). A man from the Khawarij said, “O Allah! Be harsh to this sheik.” And when the sheik (Abu Barza) finished his prayer, he said, “I heard your remark. No doubt, I participated with Allah’s Messenger ﷺ in six or seven or eight holy battles and saw his leniency, and no doubt, I would rather retain my animal than let it return to its stable, as it would cause me much trouble. “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1211
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 302 (old numbering)

1212. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

Once the sun eclipsed and Allah’s Messenger ﷺ stood up for the prayer and recited a very long Sura and when bowed for a long while and then raised his head and started reciting another Sura. Then he bowed, and after finishing, he prostrated and did the same in the second Rak’a and then said, “These (lunar and solar eclipses) are two of the signs of Allah and if you see them, pray till the eclipse is over. No doubt, while standing at this place I saw everything promised to me by Allah and I saw (Paradise) and I wanted to pluck a bunch (of grapes) therefrom, at the time when you saw me stepping forward. No doubt, I saw Hell with its different parts destroying each other when you saw me retreating and in it I saw ‘Amr bin Luhai who started the tradition of freeing animals (set them free) in the name of idols.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1212
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 303 (old numbering)
Chapter 12

What is said about blowing and spitting while in As-Salat (the prayer).

باب مَا يَجُوزُ مِنَ الْبُصَاقِ وَالنَّفْخِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

1213. Narrated Ibn’Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The Prophet ﷺ saw some sputum on the wall facing the Qibla of the mosque and became furious with the people of the mosque and said, “During the prayer, Allah is in front of everyone of you and so he should not spit (or said, ‘He should not expectorate’).” Then he got down and scratched the sputum with his hand. Ibn ‘Umar said (after narrating), “If anyone of you has to spit during the prayer, he should spit to his left.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1213
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 304 (old numbering)

1214. Narrated Anas (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “Whenever anyone of you is in prayer, he is speaking in private to his Lord and so he should neither spit in front of him nor on his right side but to his left side under his left foot.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1214
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 305 (old numbering)
Chapter 13

If a man claps during the Salat (prayer) because of ignorance, then his Salat (prayer) will not be invalid (rejected).

بَابُ مَنْ صَفَّقَ جَاهِلاً مِنَ الرِّجَالِ فِي صَلاَتِهِ لَمْ تَفْسُدْ صَلاَتُهُ

Chapter 14

If a person in Salat (prayer) is asked to step forward, or is requested to wait and he waits, there will be no harm therein.

باب إِذَا قِيلَ لِلْمُصَلِّي تَقَدَّمْ أَوِ انْتَظِرْ فَانْتَظَرَ فَلاَ بَأْسَ

1215. Narrated Sahl bin Sad (radhiyallahu anhu):

The people used to offer the prayer with the Prophet ﷺ with their waist-sheets tied round their necks because of the shortness of the sheets and the women were ordered not to lift their heads till the men had sat straight.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1215
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 306 (old numbering)
Chapter 15

One should not return greetings during the Salat (prayer).

باب لاَ يَرُدُّ السَّلاَمَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

1216. Narrated’Abdullah:

I used to greet the Prophet ﷺ while he was in prayer and he would return my greeting, but when we returned (from Ethiopia) I greeted the Prophet ﷺ (while he was praying) but he did not return the greeting, and (after finishing the prayer) he said, “In the prayer one is occupied (with a more serious matter).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1216
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 307 (old numbering)

1217. Narrated Jabir bin ‘Abdullah (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ sent me for some job and when I had finished it I returned and came to the Prophet ﷺ and greeted him but he did not return my greeting. So I felt so sorry that only Allah knows it and I said to myself,, ‘Perhaps Allah’s Messenger ﷺ is angry because I did not come quickly, then again I greeted him but he did not reply. I felt even more sorry than I did the first time. Again I greeted him and he returned the greeting and said, “The thing which prevented me from returning the greeting was that I was praying.” And at that time he was on his Rahila and his face was not towards the Qibla.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1217
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 308 (old numbering)
Chapter 16

To raise the hands in Salat (prayer) because of some necessity which one encounters during the Salat (prayer).

باب رَفْعِ الأَيْدِي فِي الصَّلاَةِ لأَمْرٍ يَنْزِلُ بِهِ

1218. Narrated Sahl bin Sad (radhiyallahu anhu):

The news about the differences amongst the people of Bani ‘Amr bin ‘Auf at Quba reached Allah’s Messenger ﷺ and so he went to them along with some of his companions to affect a reconciliation. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ was delayed there and the time for the prayer became due. Bilal came to Abu Bakr! and said, “O Abu Bakr! Allah’s Messenger ﷺ is detained (there) and the time for the prayer is due. Will you lead the people in prayer?” Abu Bakr replied, “Yes, if you wish.” So Bilal pronounced the Iqama and Abu Bakr went forward and the people said Takbir. In the meantime, Allah’s Messenger ﷺ came piercing through the rows till he stood in the (first) row and the people started clapping. Abu Bakr, would never look hither and thither during the prayer but when the people clapped much he looked back and saw Allah’s Messenger ﷺ. The Prophet ﷺ beckoned him to carry on. Abu Bakr raised both his hands, praised Allah and retreated till he stood in the row and Allah’s Messenger ﷺ went forward and led the people in the prayer. When he had finished the prayer, he addressed the people and said, “O people! Why did you start clapping when something happened to you in the prayer? Clapping is for women. Whenever one is confronted with something unusual in the prayer one should say, ‘Sub Han Allah’.” Then the Prophet ﷺ looked towards Abu Bakr and asked, “What prevented you from leading the prayer when I beckoned you to carry on?” Abu Bakr replied, “It does not befit the son of Al Quhafa to lead the prayer in the presence of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1218
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 309 (old numbering)
Chapter 17

Keeping the hands on the hips during As-Salat (the prayers).

باب الْخَصْرِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

1219. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

It was forbidden to keep the hands on the hips during the prayer. (This is narrated by Abu Hurairah from the Prophet ﷺ.)

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1219
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 310 (old numbering)

1220. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

It was forbidden to pray with the hands over one’s hips.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1220
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 311 (old numbering)
Chapter 18

Thinking of something during As-Salat (the prayer).

باب تَفَكُّرِ الرَّجُلِ الشَّىْءَ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

1221. Narrated ‘Uqba bin Al-Harith (radhiyallahu anhu):

I offered the ‘Asr prayer with the Prophet ﷺ and after finishing the prayer with Taslim he got up quickly and went to some of his wives and then came out. He noticed the signs of astonishment on the faces of the people caused by his speed. He then said, “I remembered while I was in my prayer that a piece of gold was Lying in my house and I disliked that it should remain with us throughout the night, and so I have ordered it to be distributed.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1221
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 312 (old numbering)

1222. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “When the Adhan for the prayer is pronounced, then Satan takes to his heels passing wind so that he may not hear the Adhan and when the Muadh-dhin finishes, he comes back; and when the Iqama is pronounced he again takes to his heels and when it is finished, he again comes back and continues reminding the praying person of things that he used not to remember when not in prayer till he forgets how much he has prayed.” Abu Salama bin ‘Abdur-Rahman said, “If anyone of you has such a thing (forgetting the number of Rak’at he has prayed) he should perform two prostrations of Sahu (i.e. forgetfulness) while sitting.” Abu Salama narrates this from Abu Hurairah.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1222
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 313 (old numbering)

1223. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

People say that I narrate too many narrations of the Prophet ﷺ; once I met a man (during the life-time of the Prophet ﷺ) and asked him, “Which Sura did Allah’s Messenger ﷺ s recite yesterday in the ‘Isha’ prayer?” He said, “I do not know.” I said, “Did you not attend the prayer?” He said, “Yes, (I did).” I said, “I know. He recited such and such Sura.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 1223
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 2, Book 22, Hadith 314 (old numbering)

No ahadith match your search.

Sahih al-Bukhari: Book 10: Call to Prayers (Adhaan)

Sahih al-Bukhari · Book 10 of 97

Call to Prayers

كتاب الأذان · Adhaan

Hadith 603 – 875274 Ahadith

Chapter 1

How the Adhan for Salat (prayer) was started.

باب بَدْءُ الأَذَانِ

603. Narrated Anas (radhiyallahu anhu):

The people mentioned the fire and the bell (they suggested those as signals to indicate the starting of prayers), and by that they mentioned the Jews and the Christians. Then Bilal was ordered to pronounce Adhan for the prayer by saying its wordings twice, and for the Iqama (the call for the actual standing for the prayers in rows) by saying its wordings once. (Iqama is pronounced when the people are ready for the prayer).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 603
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 577 (old numbering)

604. Narrated Ibn ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

When the Muslims arrived at Al-Madina, they used to assemble for the prayer, and used to guess the time for it. During those days, the practice of Adhan for the prayers had not been introduced yet. Once they discussed this problem regarding the call for prayer. Some people suggested the use of a bell like the Christians, others proposed a trumpet like the horn used by the Jews, but ‘Umar was the first to suggest that a man should call (the people) for the prayer; so Allah’s Messenger ﷺ ordered Bilal to get up and pronounce the Adhan for prayers.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 604
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 578 (old numbering)
Chapter 2

Pronouncing the wording of Adhan for Salat (prayers) twice (in doubles).

باب الأَذَانُ مَثْنَى مَثْنَى

605. Narrated Anas (radhiyallahu anhu):

Bilal was ordered to repeat the wording of the Adhan for prayers twice, and to pronounce the wording of the Iqamas once except “Qad-qamat-is-Salat”.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 605
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 579 (old numbering)

606. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

When the number of Muslims increased they discussed the question as to how to know the time for the prayer by some familiar means. Some suggested that a fire be lit (at the time of the prayer) and others put forward the proposal to ring the bell. Bilal was ordered to pronounce the wording of Adhan twice and of the Iqama once only.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 606
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 580 (old numbering)
Chapter 3

To pronounce the wording of Iqama once (in singles) except Qad-qamat-is-Salat.

باب الإِقَامَةُ وَاحِدَةٌ، إِلاَّ قَوْلَهُ قَدْ قَامَتِ الصَّلاَةُ

607. Narrated Abu Qilaba:

Anas said, “Bilal was ordered to pronounce the wording of Adhan twice and of Iqama once only.” The sub narrator Isma’li said, “I mentioned that to Aiyub and he added (to that), “Except Iqama (i.e. Qad-Qamatis-Salat which should be said twice).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 607
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 581 (old numbering)
Chapter 4

Superiority of the Adhan.

باب فَضْلِ التَّأْذِينِ

608. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “When the Adhan is pronounced Satan takes to his heels and passes wind with noise during his flight in order not to hear the Adhan. When the Adhan is completed he comes back and again takes to his heels when the Iqama is pronounced and after its completion he returns again till he whispers into the heart of the person (to divert his attention from his prayer) and makes him remember things which he does not recall to his mind before the prayer and that causes him to forget how much he has prayed.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 608
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 582 (old numbering)
Chapter 5

Raising the voice in pronouncing the Adhan.

باب رَفْعِ الصَّوْتِ بِالنِّدَاءِ

609. Narrated ‘Abdul Rahman:

Abu Sa’id Al-Khudri told my father, “I see you liking sheep and the wilderness. So whenever you are with your sheep or in the wilderness and you want to pronounce Adhan for the prayer raise your voice in doing so, for whoever hears the Adhan, whether a human being, a jinn or any other creature, will be a witness for you on the Day of Resurrection.” Abu Sa’id added, “I heard it (this narration) from Allah’s Messenger ﷺ.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 609
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 583 (old numbering)
Chapter 6

To suspend fighting on hearing the Adhan.

باب مَا يُحْقَنُ بِالأَذَانِ مِنَ الدِّمَاءِ

610. Narrated Humaid:

Anas bin Malik said, “Whenever the Prophet ﷺ went out with us to fight (in Allah’s cause) against any nation, he never allowed us to attack till morning and he would wait and see: if he heard Adhan he would postpone the attack and if he did not hear Adhan he would attack them.”

Anas added, “We reached Khaibar at night and in the morning when he did not hear the Adhan for the prayer, he (the Prophet ﷺ ) rode and I rode behind Abi Talha and my foot was touching that of the Prophet ﷺ.

The inhabitants of Khaibar came out with their baskets and spades and when they saw the Prophet ﷺ they shouted ‘Muhammad ﷺ! By Allah, Muhammad ﷺ and his army.’ When Allah’s Messenger ﷺ saw them, he said, “Allahu-Akbar! Allahu-Akbar! Khaibar is ruined. Whenever we approach a (hostile) nation (to fight), then evil will be the morning of those who have been warned.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 610
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 584 (old numbering)
Chapter 7

What to say on hearing the Adhan.

باب مَا يَقُولُ إِذَا سَمِعَ الْمُنَادِي

611. Narrated Abu Sa’id Al-Khudri (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Whenever you hear the Adhan, say what the Mu’adhdhin is saying.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 611
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 585 (old numbering)

612. Narrated ‘Isa bin Talha:

that he had heard Muawiya repeating the words of Adhan up to “Wa ash-hadu Anna Muhammadan Rasulul-lah (and I testify that Muhammad is Allah’s Messenger ﷺ.)”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 612
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 586 (old numbering)

613. Narrated Yahya as above (586) and added:

“Some of my companions told me that Hisham had said, “When the Mu’adhdhin said, “Haiya alas-sala(t) (come for the prayer).” Muawiya said, “La hawla wala quwata illa billah (There is neither might nor any power except with Allah)” and added, “We heard your Prophet ﷺ saying the same.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 613
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 587 (old numbering)
Chapter 8

Invocation at the time of Adhan.

باب الدُّعَاءِ عِنْدَ النِّدَاءِ

614. Narrated Jabir bin ‘Abdullah (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Whoever after listening to the Adhan says, ‘Allahumma Rabba hadhihi-d-da’ watit-tammati was-salatil qa’imati, ati Muhammadan al-wasilata wal-fadilata, wab’ athhu maqaman mahmudan-il-ladhi wa’ adtahu (O Allah! Lord of this perfect call (of not ascribing partners to You) and of the regular prayer which is going to be established! Kindly give Muhammad ﷺ the right of intercession and superiority and send him (on the Day of Judgment) to the best and the highest place in Paradise which You promised him)’, then intercession for me will be permitted for him on the Day of Resurrection”).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 614
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 588 (old numbering)
Chapter 9

To draw lots for pronouncing the Adhan.

باب الاِسْتِهَامِ فِي الأَذَانِ

615. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “If the people knew the reward for pronouncing the Adhan and for standing in the first row (in congregational prayers) and found no other way to get that except by drawing lots they would draw lots, and if they knew the reward of the Zuhr prayer (in the early moments of its stated time) they would race for it (go early) and if they knew the reward of ‘Isha’ and Fajr (morning) prayers in congregation, they would come to offer them even if they had to crawl.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 615
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 589 (old numbering)
Chapter 10

Talking during the Adhan.

باب الْكَلاَمِ فِي الأَذَانِ

616. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Al-Harith:

Once on a rainy muddy day, Ibn ‘Abbas delivered a sermon in our presence and when the Mu’adhdhin pronounced the Adhan and said, “Haiya ala-s-sala(t) (come for the prayer)” Ibn ‘Abbas ordered him to say ‘Pray at your homes.’ The people began to look at each other (surprisingly). Ibn ‘Abbas said. “It was done by one who was much better than I (i.e. the Prophet ﷺ or his Mu’adhdhin), and it is a license.’

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 616
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 590 (old numbering)
Chapter 11

The Adhan pronounced by a blind man (is permissible) when there is a person to inform him about the time of the Salat (prayer).

باب أَذَانِ الأَعْمَى إِذَا كَانَ لَهُ مَنْ يُخْبِرُهُ

617. Narrated Salim bin ‘Abdullah:

My father said that Allah s Messenger ﷺ said, “Bilal pronounces ‘Adhan at night, so keep on eating and drinking (Suhur) till Ibn Um Maktum pronounces Adhan.” Salim added, “He was a blind man who would not pronounce the Adhan unless he was told that the day had dawned.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 617
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 591 (old numbering)
Chapter 12

The Adhan after Al-Fajr (dawn).

باب الأَذَانِ بَعْدَ الْفَجْرِ

618. Narrated Hafsa (radhiyallahu anha):

When the Muadh-dhin pronounced the Adhan for Fajr prayer and the dawn became evident the Prophet ﷺ ordered a two Rak’at light prayer (Sunna) before the Iqama of the compulsory (congregational) prayer.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 618
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 592 (old numbering)

619. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

The Prophet ﷺ used to offer two light Rak’at between the Adhan and the Iqama of the Fajr prayer.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 619
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 593 (old numbering)

620. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Bilal pronounces the Adhan at night, so keep on eating and drinking (Suhur) till Ibn Um Maktum pronounces the Adhan.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 620
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 594 (old numbering)
Chapter 13

The Adhan before Al-Fajr (dawn).

باب الأَذَانِ قَبْلَ الْفَجْرِ

621. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Mas’ud (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “The Adhan pronounced by Bilal should not stop you from taking Suhur, for he pronounces the Adhan at night, so that the one offering the late night prayer (Tahajjud) from among you might hurry up and the sleeping from among you might wake up. It does not mean that dawn or morning has started.” Then he (the Prophet ﷺ) pointed with his fingers and raised them up (towards the sky) and then lowered them (towards the earth) like this (Ibn Mas’ud imitated the gesture of the Prophet ﷺ). Az-Zuhri gestured with his two index fingers which he put on each other and then stretched them to the right and left. These gestures illustrate the way real dawn appears. It spreads left and right horizontally. The dawn that appears in the high sky and lowers down is not the real dawn).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 621
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 595 (old numbering)

622, 623. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “Bilal pronounces the Adhan at night, so eat and drink (Suhur) till Ibn Um Maktum pronounces the Adhan.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 622, 623
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 596 (old numbering)
Chapter 14

How long should the interval between the Adhan and the Iqama be? (And something concerning) the person who waits for the Iqama.

باب كَمْ بَيْنَ الأَذَانِ وَالإِقَامَةِ وَمَنْ يَنْتَظِرُ الإِقَامَةَ

624. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Mughaffal Al-Muzani (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said thrice, “There is a prayer between the two Adhans (Adhan and Iqama),” and added, “For the one who wants to pray.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 624
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 597 (old numbering)

625. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

“When the Mu’adhdhin pronounced the Adhan, some of the companions of the Prophet ﷺ would proceed to the pillars of the mosque (for the prayer) till the Prophet ﷺ arrived and in this way they used to pray two Rak’at before the Maghrib prayer. There used to be a little time between the Adhan and the Iqama.” Shu’ba said, “There used to be a very short interval between the two (Adhan and Iqama).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 625
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 598 (old numbering)
Chapter 15

Whoever waits for the Iqama of the prayer.

باب مَنِ انْتَظَرَ الإِقَامَةَ

626. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ used to pray two light Rak’at before the morning (compulsory) prayer after the day dawned and the Mu’adhdhin had finished his Adhan. He then would lie on his right side till the Mu’adhdhin came to pronounce the Iqama.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 626
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 599 (old numbering)
Chapter 16

Between every two calls (Adhan and Iqama) there is a Salat (prayer) (that is optional), for the one who wants to offer it.

باب بَيْنَ كُلِّ أَذَانَيْنِ صَلاَةٌ لِمَنْ شَاءَ

627. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Mughaffal (radhiyallahu anhu):

The prophet said, “There is a prayer between the two Adhans (Adhan and Iqama), there is a prayer between the two Adhans.” And then while saying it the third time he added, “For the one who wants to (pray).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 627
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 600 (old numbering)
Chapter 17

Whoever said that there should be one Mu’adh-dhin in the journey.

باب مَنْ قَالَ لِيُؤَذِّنْ فِي السَّفَرِ مُؤَذِّنٌ وَاحِدٌ

628. Narrated Malik bin Huwairth (radhiyallahu anhu):

I came to the Prophet ﷺ with some men from my tribe and stayed with him for twenty nights. He was kind and merciful to us. When he realized our longing for our families, he said to us, “Go back and stay with your families and teach them the religion, and offer the prayer and one of you should pronounce the Adhan for the prayer when its time is due and the oldest one amongst you should lead the prayer.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 628
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 601 (old numbering)
Chapter 18

If there are many travellers, Adhan and Iqama should be pronounced, (the same is to be observed) in ‘Arafat and Al-Muzdalifa too.

باب الأَذَانِ لِلْمُسَافِرِ إِذَا كَانُوا جَمَاعَةً، وَالإِقَامَةِ، وَكَذَلِكَ بِعَرَفَةَ وَجَمْعٍ

629. Narrated Abu Dhar (radhiyallahu anhu):

We were in the company of the Prophet ﷺ on a journey and the Mu’adhdhin wanted to pronounce the Adhan for the (Zuhr) prayer. The Prophet ﷺ said to him, “Let it become cooler.” Then he again wanted to pronounce the Adhan but the Prophet ﷺ; said to him, “Let it become cooler.” The Mu’adh-dhin again wanted to pronounce the Adhan for the prayer but the Prophet ﷺ said, “Let it become cooler,” till the shadows of the hillocks become equal to their sizes. The Prophet ﷺ added, “The severity of the heat is from the raging of Hell.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 629
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 602 (old numbering)

630. Narrated Malik bin Huwairth (radhiyallahu anhu):

Two men came to the Prophet ﷺ with the intention of a journey. The Prophet ﷺ said, “When (both of) you set out, pronounce Adhan and then Iqama and the oldest of you should lead the prayer.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 630
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 603 (old numbering)

631. Narrated Malik:

We came to the Prophet ﷺ and stayed with him for twenty days and nights. We were all young and of about the same age. The Prophet ﷺ was very kind and merciful. When he realized our longing for our families, he asked about our homes and the people there and we told him. Then he asked us to go back to our families and stay with them and teach them (the religion) and to order them to do good things. He also mentioned some other things which I have (remembered or) forgotten. The Prophet ﷺ then added, “Pray as you have seen me praying and when it is the time for the prayer one of you should pronounce the Adhan and the oldest of you should lead the prayer.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 631
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 604 (old numbering)

632. Narrated Nafi:

Once in a cold night, Ibn ‘Umar pronounced the Adhan for the prayer at Dajnan (the name of a mountain) and then said, “Pray at your homes”, and informed us that Allah’s Messenger ﷺ used to tell the Mu’adhdin to pronounce Adhan and say, “Pray at your homes” at the end of the Adhan on a rainy or a very cold night during the journey.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 632
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 605 (old numbering)

633. Narrated ‘Aun bin Abi Juhaifa:

My father said, “I saw Allah’s Messenger ﷺ at a place called Al-Abtah. Bilal came and informed him about the prayer and then came out with an Anza and planted it in front of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ at Al-Abtah and pronounced the Iqama.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 633
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 606 (old numbering)
Chapter 19

Should the Mu’adh-dhin turn his mouth (face) and look from side to side during the Adhan?

باب هَلْ يَتَتَبَّعُ الْمُؤَذِّنُ فَاهُ هَا هُنَا وَهَا هُنَا، وَهَلْ يَلْتَفِتُ فِي الأَذَانِ

634. Narrated ‘Aun bin Abi Juhaifa:

My father said, “I saw Bilal turning his face from side to side while pronouncing the Adhan for the prayer.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 634
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 607 (old numbering)
Chapter 20

The saying of a person: “We have missed As-Salat (the prayer).”

باب قَوْلِ الرَّجُلِ فَاتَتْنَا الصَّلاَةُ

635. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Abi Qatada:

My father said, “While we were praying with the Prophet ﷺ he heard the noise of some people. After the prayer he said, ‘What is the matter?’ They replied ‘We were hurrying for the prayer.’ He said, ‘Do not make haste for the prayer, and whenever you come for the prayer, you should come with calmness, and pray whatever you get (with the people) and complete the rest which you have missed.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 635
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 608 (old numbering)
Chapter 21

One should not run for As-Salat (the prayer) but present himself with calmness and solemnity.

باب لاَ يَسْعَى إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ، وَلْيَأْتِ بِالسَّكِينَةِ وَالْوَقَارِ

636. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “When you hear the Iqama, proceed to offer the prayer with calmness and solemnity and do not make haste. And pray whatever you are able to pray and complete whatever you have missed.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 636
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 609 (old numbering)
Chapter 22

When should the people get up for the Salat (prayer) if they see the Imam (the person leading Salat) during the Iqama?

باب مَتَى يَقُومُ النَّاسُ إِذَا رَأَوُا الإِمَامَ عِنْدَ الإِقَامَةِ

637. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Abi Qatada:

My father said. “Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, ‘If the Iqama is pronounced then do not stand for the prayer till you see me (in front of you).’ “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 637
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 610 (old numbering)
Chapter 23

One should not stand for As-Salat (the prayer) hurriedly but with calmness and solemnity.

باب لاَ يَسْعَى إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ مُسْتَعْجِلاً، وَلْيَقُمْ بِالسَّكِينَةِ وَالْوَقَارِ

638. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Abi:

Qatada, My father said, “Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, ‘If the Iqama is pronounced, then do not stand for the prayer till you see me (in front of you) and do it calmly.’ “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 638
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 611 (old numbering)
Chapter 24

Can one go out of the mosque (after the Adhan, or the Iqama) if there is a genuine excuse?

باب هَلْ يَخْرُجُ مِنَ الْمَسْجِدِ لِعِلَّةٍ

639. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ went out (of the mosque) when the Iqama had been pronounced and the rows straightened. The Prophet ﷺ stood at his Musalla (praying place) and we waited for the Prophet ﷺ to begin the prayer with Takbir. He left and asked us to remain in our places. We kept on standing till the Prophet ﷺ returned and the water was trickling from his head for he had taken a bath (of Janaba).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 639
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 612 (old numbering)
Chapter 25

If the Imam says, “Remain at your places till I return”, then wait for him.

باب إِذَا قَالَ الإِمَامُ مَكَانَكُمْ. حَتَّى رَجَعَ انْتَظَرُوهُ

640. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Once iqama was pronounced and the people had straightened the rows, Allah’s Messenger ﷺ went forward (to lead the prayer) but he was Junub, so he said, “Remain in your places.” And he went out, took a bath and returned with water trickling from his head. Then he led the prayer.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 640
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 613 (old numbering)
Chapter 26

The saying of a man to the Prophet ﷺ, “We have not prayed.”

باب قَوْلِ الرَّجُلِ مَا صَلَّيْنَا

641. Narrated Jabir bin ‘Abdullah (radhiyallahu anhuma):

On the day of Al-Khandaq (the trench), ‘Umar bin Al-Khattab went to the Prophet ﷺ and said, “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! By Allah, I could not pray (the ‘Asr) till the sun had set.” ‘Umar told this to the Prophet ﷺ at the time when a fasting person had done Iftar (taken his meals). The Prophet ﷺ then went to Buthan and I was with him. He performed ablution and offered the ‘Asr prayer after the sun had set and then the Maghrib prayer.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 641
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 614 (old numbering)
Chapter 27

If the Imam is confronted with a problem after the Iqama.

باب الإِمَامِ تَعْرِضُ لَهُ الْحَاجَةُ بَعْدَ الإِقَامَةِ

642. Narrated Anas (radhiyallahu anhu):

Once the Iqama was pronounced and the Prophet ﷺ was talking to a man (in a low voice) in a corner of the mosque and he did not lead the prayer till (some of) the people had slept (dozed in a sitting posture).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 642
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 615 (old numbering)
Chapter 28

To talk after the Iqama.

باب الْكَلاَمِ إِذَا أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ

643. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

Once Iqama was pronounced a man came to the Prophet ﷺ and detained him (from the prayer).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 643
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 616 (old numbering)
Chapter 29

Congregational Salat (prayer) is obligatory.

باب وُجُوبِ صَلاَةِ الْجَمَاعَةِ

644. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “By Him in Whose Hand my soul is I was about to order for collecting fire-wood (fuel) and then order Someone to pronounce the Adhan for the prayer and then order someone to lead the prayer then I would go from behind and burn the houses of men who did not present themselves for the (compulsory congregational) prayer. By Him, in Whose Hands my soul is, if anyone of them had known that he would get a bone covered with good meat or two (small) pieces of meat present in between two ribs, he would have turned up for the ‘Isha’ prayer.’

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 644
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 617 (old numbering)
Chapter 30

Superiority of the congregational Salat (prayer).

باب فَضْلِ صَلاَةِ الْجَمَاعَةِ

645. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “The prayer in congregation is twenty seven times superior to the prayer offered by person alone.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 645
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 618 (old numbering)

646. Narrated Abu Sa’id Al-Khudri (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “The prayer in congregation is twenty five times superior to the prayer offered by person alone.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 646
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 619 (old numbering)

647. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “The reward of the prayer offered by a person in congregation is twenty five times greater than that of the prayer offered in one’s house or in the market (alone). And this is because if he performs ablution and does it perfectly and then proceeds to the mosque with the sole intention of praying, then for every step he takes towards the mosque, he is upgraded one degree in reward and his one sin is taken off (crossed out) from his accounts (of deeds). When he offers his prayer, the angels keep on asking Allah’s Blessings and Allah’s forgiveness for him as long as he is (staying) at his Musalla. They say, ‘O Allah! Bestow Your blessings upon him, be Merciful and kind to him.’ And one is regarded in prayer as long as one is waiting for the prayer.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 647
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 620 (old numbering)
Chapter 31

Superiority of the Fajr (early morning) prayer in congregation.

باب فَضْلِ صَلاَةِ الْفَجْرِ فِي جَمَاعَةٍ

648. Narrated Abu Salama bin ‘Abdur Rahman:

Abu Hurairah said, “I heard Allah’s Messenger ﷺ saying, ‘The reward of a prayer in congregation is twenty five times greater than that of a prayer offered by a person alone. The angels of the night and the angels of the day gather at the time of Fajr prayer.’ ” Abu Hurairah then added, “Recite the Holy Book if you wish, for “Indeed, the recitation of the Qur’an in the early dawn (Fajr prayer) is ever witnessed.” (17.18).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 648
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 621 (old numbering)

649. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The reward of the congregational prayer is twenty seven times greater (than that of the prayer offered by a person alone).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 649
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 621 (old numbering)

650. Narrated Salim:

I heard Um Ad-Darda’ saying, “Abu Ad-Darda’ entered the house in an angry mood. I said to him. ‘What makes you angry?’ He replied, ‘By Allah! I do not find the followers of Muhammad ﷺ doing those good things (which they used to do before) except the offering of congregational prayer.” (This happened in the last days of Abu Ad-Darda’ during the rule of ‘Uthman).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 650
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 622 (old numbering)

651. Narrated Abu Musa (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “The people who get tremendous reward for the prayer are those who are farthest away (from the mosque) and then those who are next farthest and so on. Similarly one who waits to pray with the Imam has greater reward than one who prays and goes to bed. “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 651
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 623 (old numbering)
Chapter 32

The superiority of offering the Zuhr prayer early.

باب فَضْلِ التَّهْجِيرِ إِلَى الظُّهْرِ

652. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “While a man was going on a way, he saw a thorny branch and removed it from the way and Allah became pleased by his action and forgave him for that.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 652
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 624 (old numbering)

653. Then the Prophet ﷺ said, “Five are martyrs: One who dies of plague, one who dies of an abdominal disease, one who dies of drowning, one who is buried alive (and) dies and one who is killed in Allah’s cause.” (The Prophet ﷺ further said, “If the people knew the reward for pronouncing the Adhan and for standing in the first row (in the congregational prayer) and found no other way to get it except by drawing lots

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 653
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 624 (old numbering)

654. they would do so, and if they knew the reward of offering the Zuhr prayer early (in its stated time), they would race for it and they knew the reward for ‘Isha’ and Fajr prayers in congregation, they would attend them even if they were to crawl’)

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 654
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 624 (old numbering)
Chapter 33

Every step towards good deeds is rewarded.

باب احْتِسَابِ الآثَارِ

655. Narrated Humaid:

Anas said, “The Prophet ﷺ said, ‘O Bani Salima! Don’t you think that for every step of yours (that you take towards the mosque) there is a reward (while coming for prayer)?” Mujahid said: “Regarding Allah’s Statement: “We record that which they have sent before (them), and their traces” (36.12).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 655
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 625 (old numbering)

656. ‘Their traces’ means ‘their steps.’ ” And Anas said that the people of Bani Salima wanted to shift to a place near the Prophet ﷺ but Allah’s Messenger ﷺ disliked the idea of leaving their houses uninhabited and said, “Don’t you think that you will get the reward for your footprints.” Mujahid said, “Their foot prints mean their foot steps and their going on foot.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 656
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 625 (old numbering)
Chapter 34

The superiority of the ‘Isha’ prayer in congregation.

باب فَضْلِ الْعِشَاءِ فِي الْجَمَاعَةِ

657. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “No prayer is harder for the hypocrites than the Fajr and the ‘Isha’ prayers and if they knew the reward for these prayers at their respective times, they would certainly present themselves (in the mosques) even if they had to c awl.” The Prophet ﷺ added, “Certainly I decided to order the Mu’adh-dhin (call-maker) to pronounce Iqama and order a man to lead the prayer and then take a fire flame to burn all those who had not left their houses so far for the prayer along with their houses.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 657
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 626 (old numbering)
Chapter 35

Two or more than two persons are considered as a group (for the congregational prayers).

باب اثْنَانِ فَمَا فَوْقَهُمَا جَمَاعَةٌ

658. Narrated Malik bin Huwairith (radhiyallahu anhu):

Prophet ﷺ said (to two persons), “Whenever the prayer time becomes due, you should pronounce Adhan and then Iqama and the older of you should lead the prayer.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 658
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 627 (old numbering)
Chapter 36

(The reward of a person) who waits for As-Salat (the prayer) in the mosque and the superiority of mosques.

باب مَنْ جَلَسَ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ يَنْتَظِرُ الصَّلاَةَ، وَفَضْلِ الْمَسَاجِدِ

659. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “The angels keep on asking for Allah’s Blessing and Forgiveness for anyone of you as long as he is at his Musalla (praying place) and does not do Hadath (passes wind). The angels say, ‘O Allah! Forgive him and be Merciful to him.’ Each one of you is in the prayer as long as he is waiting for the prayer and nothing but the prayer detains him from going to his family.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 659
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 628 (old numbering)

660. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “Allah will give shade, to seven, on the Day when there will be no shade but His. (These seven persons are) a just ruler, a youth who has been brought up in the worship of Allah (i.e. worships Allah sincerely from childhood), a man whose heart is attached to the mosques (i.e. to pray the compulsory prayers in the mosque in congregation), two persons who love each other only for Allah’s sake and they meet and part in Allah’s cause only, a man who refuses the call of a charming woman of noble birth for illicit intercourse with her and says: I am afraid of Allah, a man who gives charitable gifts so secretly that his left hand does not know what his right hand has given (i.e. nobody knows how much he has given in charity), and a person who remembers Allah in seclusion and his eyes are then flooded with tears.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 660
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 629 (old numbering)

661. Narrated Humaid:

Anas was asked, “Did Allah’s Messenger ﷺ wear a ring?” He said, “Yes. Once he delayed the ‘Isha’ prayer till mid-night and after the prayer, he faced us and said, ‘The people prayed and have slept and you remained in prayer as long as you waited for it.’ ” Anas added, “As if I were just now observing the glitter of his ring.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 661
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 630 (old numbering)
Chapter 37

The superiority of going to the mosque (every) morning and in the afternoon and evening [for the congregational Salat (prayers)].

باب فَضْلِ مَنْ غَدَا إِلَى الْمَسْجِدِ وَمَنْ رَاحَ

662. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “Allah will prepare for him who goes to the mosque (every) morning and in the afternoon (for the congregational prayer) an honorable place in Paradise with good hospitality for (what he has done) every morning and afternoon goings.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 662
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 631 (old numbering)
Chapter 38

No Salat (prayer) (is to be offered) except the compulsory Salat after the Iqama has been pronounced for that compulsory Salat.

باب إِذَا أُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ فَلاَ صَلاَةَ إِلاَّ الْمَكْتُوبَةَ

663. Narrated Malik Ibn Buhaina (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ passed by a man praying two Rak’at after the Iqama (had been pronounced). When Allah’s Messenger ﷺ completed the prayer, the people gathered around him (the Prophet ﷺ) or that man and Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said to him (protesting), Are there four Rak’at in Fajr prayer? Are there four Rak’at in Fajr prayer?”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 663
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 632 (old numbering)
Chapter 39

The limit set for a patient to attend the congregational Salat (prayer)?

باب حَدِّ الْمَرِيضِ أَنْ يَشْهَدَ الْجَمَاعَةَ

664. Narrated Al-Aswad:

“We were with ‘Aishah discussing the regularity of offering the prayer and dignifying it. She said, ‘When Allah’s Messenger ﷺ fell sick with the fatal illness and when the time of prayer became due and Adhan was pronounced, he said, ‘Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer.’ He was told that Abu Bakr was a soft-hearted man and would not be able to lead the prayer in his place. The Prophet ﷺ gave the same order again but he was given the same reply. He gave the order for the third time and said, ‘You (women) are the companions of Joseph. Tell Abu Bakr to lead the prayer.’ So Abu Bakr came out to lead the prayer. In the meantime the condition of the Prophet ﷺ improved a bit and he came out with the help of two men one on each side. As if I was observing his legs dragging on the ground owing to the disease. Abu Bakr wanted to retreat but the Prophet ﷺ beckoned him to remain at his place and the Prophet ﷺ was brought till he sat beside Abu Bakr.” Al-A’mash was asked, “Was the Prophet ﷺ praying and Abu Bakr following him, and were the people following Abu Bakr in that prayer?” Al-A’mash replied in the affirmative with a nod of his head. Abu Muawiya said, “The Prophet ﷺ was sitting on the left side of Abu Bakr who was praying while standing.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 664
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 633 (old numbering)

665. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

“When the Prophet ﷺ became seriously ill and his disease became aggravated he asked for permission from his wives to be nursed in my house and he was allowed. He came out with the help of two men and his legs were dragging on the ground. He was between Al-Abbas and another man.”

‘Ubaid Ullah said, “I told Ibn ‘Abbas what ‘Aishah had narrated and he said, ‘Do you know who was the (second) man whose name ‘Aishah did not mention'” I said, ‘No.’ Ibn ‘Abbas said, ‘He was ‘Ali Ibn Abi Talib.’ “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 665
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 634 (old numbering)
Chapter 40

It is permissible to pray at one’s dwelling during rain or if there is a genuine excuse.

باب الرُّخْصَةِ فِي الْمَطَرِ وَالْعِلَّةِ أَنْ يُصَلِّيَ فِي رَحْلِهِ

666. Narrated Nafi’:

Once on a very cold and stormy night, Ibn ‘Umar pronounced the Adhan for the prayer and then said, “Pray in your homes.” He (Ibn ‘Umar) added. “On very cold and rainy nights Allah’s Messenger ﷺ used to order the Mu’adhdhin to say, ‘Pray in your homes.’ “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 666
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 635 (old numbering)

667. Narrated Mahmuid bin Rabi’ Al-Ansari (radhiyallahu anhu):

‘Itban bin Malik used to lead his people (tribe) in prayer and was a blind man, he said to Allah’s Messenger ﷺ , “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! At times it is dark and flood water is flowing (in the valley) and I am blind man, so please pray at a place in my house so that I can take it as a Musalla (praying place).” So Allah’s Messenger ﷺ went to his house and said, “Where do you like me to pray?” ‘Itban pointed to a place in his house and Allah’s Messenger ﷺ, offered the prayer there.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 667
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 636 (old numbering)
Chapter 41

Can the Imam offer the Salat (prayer) with only those who are present (for the prayer)? And can he deliver a Khutba (religious talk) on Friday if it is raining?

باب هَلْ يُصَلِّي الإِمَامُ بِمَنْ حَضَرَ وَهَلْ يَخْطُبُ يَوْمَ الْجُمُعَةِ فِي الْمَطَرِ

668. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Al-Harith:

Ibn ‘Abbas addressed us on a (rainy and) muddy day and when the Mu’adh-dhin said, “Come for the prayer” Ibn ‘Abbas ordered him to say, “Pray in your homes.” The people began to look at one another with surprise as if they did not like it. Ibn ‘Abbas said, “It seems that you thought ill of it but no doubt it was done by one who was better than I (i.e. the Prophet ﷺ). It (the prayer) is a strict order and I disliked to bring you out.”

Ibn ‘Abbas narrated the same as above but he said, “I did not like you to make you sinful (in refraining from coming to the mosque) and to come (to the mosque) covered with mud up to the knees.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 668
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 637 (old numbering)

669. Narrated Abu Sa’id Al-Khudri (radhiyallahu anhu):

A cloud came and it rained till the roof started leaking and in those days the roof used to be of the branches of date-palms. Iqama was pronounced and I saw Allah’s Messengers prostrating in water and mud and even I saw the mark of mud on his forehead.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 669
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 638 (old numbering)

670. Narrated Anas bin Sirin:

I heard Anas saying, “A man from Ansar said to the Prophet ﷺ, ‘I cannot pray with you (in congregation).’ He was a very fat man and he prepared a meal for the Prophet ﷺ and invited him to his house. He spread out a mat for the Prophet ﷺ, and washed one of its sides with water, and the Prophet ﷺ prayed two Rak’at on it.” A man from the family of Al-Jaruid asked, “Did the Prophet ﷺ used to pray the Duha (forenoon) prayer?” Anas said, “I did not see him praying the Duha prayer except on that day.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 670
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 639 (old numbering)
Chapter 42

(What should one do) if the meal has been served and Iqama has been pronounced for As-Salat (the prayer).

باب إِذَا حَضَرَ الطَّعَامُ وَأُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ

671. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “If supper is served, and Iqama is pronounced one should start with the supper.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 671
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 640 (old numbering)

672. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “If the supper is served start having it before praying the Maghrib prayer and do not be hasty in finishing it.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 672
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 641 (old numbering)

673. Narrated Nafi’:

Ibn ‘Umar said, “Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, ‘If the supper is served for anyone of you and the Iqama is pronounced, start with the supper and don’t be in haste (and carry on eating) till you finish it.” If food was served for Ibn ‘Umar and Iqama was pronounced, he never came to the prayer till he finished it (i.e. food) in spite of the fact that he heard the recitation (of the Qur’an) by the Imam (in the prayer).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 673
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 642 (old numbering)

674. Narrated Ibn ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “If anyone of you is having his meals, he should not hurry up till he is; satisfied even if the prayer has been started.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 674
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 642 (old numbering)
Chapter 43

When the Imam is called for As-Salat (the prayer) while he has in his hands something to eat.

باب إِذَا دُعِيَ الإِمَامُ إِلَى الصَّلاَةِ وَبِيَدِهِ مَا يَأْكُلُ

675. Narrated Ja’far bin ‘Amr bin Umaiya:

My father said, “I saw Allah’s Messenger ﷺ eating a piece of meat from the shoulder of a sheep and he was called for the prayer. He stood up, put down the knife and prayed but did not perform ablutilon.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 675
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 643 (old numbering)
Chapter 44

If somebody was busy with his domestic work and Iqama was pronounced and then he came out [for offering the Salat (prayer)].

باب مَنْ كَانَ فِي حَاجَةِ أَهْلِهِ فَأُقِيمَتِ الصَّلاَةُ فَخَرَجَ

676. Narrated Al-Aswad:

That he asked ‘Aishah “What did the Prophet ﷺ use to do in his house?” She replied, “He used to keep himself busy serving his family and when it was the time for prayer he would go for it.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 676
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 644 (old numbering)
Chapter 45

Offering Salat (prayer) in front of the people with the sole intention of teaching them the Salat of the Prophet ﷺ and his Sunna (legal ways etc.).

باب مَنْ صَلَّى بِالنَّاسِ وَهْوَ لاَ يُرِيدُ إِلاَّ أَنْ يُعَلِّمَهُمْ صَلاَةَ النَّبِيِّ صلى الله عليه وسلم وَسُنَّتَهُ

677. Narrated Aiyub:

Abu Qilaba said, “Malik bin Huwairith came to this Mosque of ours and said, ‘I pray in front of you and my aim is not to lead the prayer but to show you the way in which the Prophet ﷺ used to pray.’ ” I asked Abu Qilaba,”How did he use to pray?’ ” He replied, “(The Prophet ﷺ used to pray) like this Sheikh of ours and the Sheikh used to sit for a while after the prostration, before getting up after the first Rak’a. “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 677
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 645 (old numbering)
Chapter 46

The religious learned men are entitled to precedence in leading the Salat (prayers).

باب أَهْلُ الْعِلْمِ وَالْفَضْلِ أَحَقُّ بِالإِمَامَةِ

678. Narrated Abu Musa (radhiyallahu anhu):

“The Prophet ﷺ became sick and when his disease became aggravated, he said, “Tell Abu Bakr to lead the prayer.” ‘Aishah said, “He is a soft-hearted man and would not be able to lead the prayer in your place.” The Prophet ﷺ said again, “Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer.” She repeated the same reply but he said, “Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer. You are the companions of Joseph.” So the messenger went to Abu Bakr (with that order) and he led the people in prayer in the lifetime of the Prophet ﷺ.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 678
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 646 (old numbering)

679. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

the mother of the believers: Allah’s Messenger ﷺ in his illness said, “Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer.” I said to him, “If Abu Bakr stands in your place, the people would not hear him owing to his (excessive) weeping. So please order ‘Umar to lead the prayer.” ‘Aishah added I said to Hafsa, “Say to him: If Abu Bakr should lead the people in the prayer in your place, the people would not be able to hear him owing to his weeping; so please, order ‘Umar to lead the prayer.” Hafsa did so but Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Keep quiet! You are verily the Companions of Joseph. Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer. ” Hafsa said to ‘Aishah, “I never got anything good from you.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 679
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 647 (old numbering)

680. Narrated Az-Zuhn:

Anas bin Malik Al-Ansari, told me, “Abu Bakr used to lead the people in prayer during the fatal illness of the Prophet ﷺ till it was Monday. When the people aligned (in rows) for the prayer the Prophet ﷺ lifted the curtain of his house and started looking at us and was standing at that time. His face was (glittering) like a page of the Qur’an and he smiled cheerfully. We were about to be put to trial for the pleasure of seeing the Prophet ﷺ, Abu Bakr retreated to join the row as he thought that the Prophet ﷺ would lead the prayer. The Prophet ﷺ beckoned us to complete the prayer and he let the curtain fall. On the same day he died.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 680
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 648 (old numbering)

681. Narrated Anas (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ did not come out for three days. The people stood for the prayer and Abu Bakr went ahead to lead the prayer. (In the meantime) the Prophet ﷺ caught hold of the curtain and lifted it. When the face of the Prophet ﷺ appeared we had never seen a scene more pleasing than the face of the Prophet ﷺ as it appeared then. The Prophet ﷺ beckoned to Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer and then let the curtain fall. We did not see him (again) till he died.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 681
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 649 (old numbering)

682. Narrated Hamza bin ‘Abdullah:

My father said, “When Allah’s Messenger ﷺ became seriously ill, he was told about the prayer. He said, ‘Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer.’ ‘Aishah said, ‘Abu Bakr is a soft-hearted man and he would be over-powered by his weeping if he recited the Qur’an.’ He said to them, ‘Tell him (Abu Bakr) to lead the prayer. The same reply was given to him. He said again, ‘Tell him to lead the prayer. You (women) are the companions of Joseph.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 682
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 650 (old numbering)
Chapter 47

Whoever stood by the side of the Imam because of a genuine cause [in Salat (prayer)].

باب مَنْ قَامَ إِلَى جَنْبِ الإِمَامِ لِعِلَّةٍ

683. Narrated ‘Urwa’s father:

‘Aishah said, “Allah’s Messenger ﷺ ordered Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer during his illness and so he led them in prayer.” ‘Urwa, a sub narrator, added, “Allah’s Messenger ﷺ felt a bit relieved and came out and Abu Bakr was leading the people. When Abu Bakr saw the Prophet ﷺ he retreated but the Prophet ﷺ beckoned him to remain there. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ sat beside Abu Bakr. Abu Bakr was following the prayer of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ and the people were following the prayer of Abu Bakr.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 683
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 651 (old numbering)
Chapter 48

If somebody is leading the Salat (prayer) and (in the meanwhile) the first (usual) Imam comes, the Salat is valid whether the former retreats or does not retreat.

باب مَنْ دَخَلَ لِيَؤُمَّ النَّاسَ فَجَاءَ الإِمَامُ الأَوَّلُ فَتَأَخَّرَ الأَوَّلُ أَوْ لَمْ يَتَأَخَّرْ جَازَتْ صَلاَتُهُ

684. Narrated Sahl bin Sa’d As-Sa’idi (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ went to establish peace among Bani ‘Amr bin ‘Auf. In the meantime the time of prayer was due and the Mu’adh-dhin went to Abu Bakr and said, “Will you lead the prayer, so that I may pronounce the Iqama?” Abu Bakr replied in the affirmative and led the prayer. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ came while the people were still praying and he entered the rows of the praying people till he stood in the (first row). The people clapped their hands. Abu Bakr never glanced sideways in his prayer but when the people continued clapping, Abu Bakr looked and saw Allah’s Messenger ﷺ. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ beckoned him to stay at his place. Abu Bakr raised his hands and thanked Allah for that order of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ and then he retreated till he reached the first row. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ went forward and led the prayer. When Allah’s Messenger ﷺ finished the prayer, he said, “O Abu Bakr! What prevented you from staying when I ordered you to do so?”

Abu Bakr replied, “How can Ibn Abi Quhafa (Abu Bakr) dare to lead the prayer in the presence of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ?” Then Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Why did you clap so much? If something happens to anyone during his prayer he should say Subhan Allah. If he says so he will be attended to, for clapping is for women.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 684
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 652 (old numbering)
Chapter 49

If some people are equally proficient in the recitation of the Qur’an (and religious knowledge), the oldest of them should lead As-Salat (the prayer).

باب إِذَا اسْتَوَوْا فِي الْقِرَاءَةِ فَلْيَؤُمَّهُمْ أَكْبَرُهُمْ

685. Narrated Malik bin Huwairth (radhiyallahu anhu):

We went to the Prophet ﷺ and we were all young men and stayed with him for about twenty nights. The Prophet ﷺ was very merciful. He said, “When you return home, impart religious teachings to your families and tell them to offer perfectly such and such a prayer at such and such a time and such and such a prayer at such and such a time. And al the time of the prayer one of you should pronounce the Adhan and the oldest of you should lead the prayer.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 685
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 653 (old numbering)
Chapter 50

If the Imam visited some people and led them in Salat (prayer).

باب إِذَا زَارَ الإِمَامُ قَومًا فَأَمَّهُمْ

686. Narrated Itban bin Malik Al-Ansari (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ (came to my house and) asked permission for entering and I allowed him. He asked, “Where do you like me to pray in your house?” I pointed to a place which I liked. He stood up for prayer and we aligned behind him and he finished the prayer with Taslim and we did the same.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 686
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 654 (old numbering)
Chapter 51

The Imam is appointed to be followed.

باب إِنَّمَا جُعِلَ الإِمَامُ لِيُؤْتَمَّ بِهِ

687. Narrated ‘Ubaid-Ullah Ibn ‘Abdullah bin ‘Utba:

I went to ‘Aishah and asked her to describe to me the illness of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ. ‘Aishah said, “Yes. The Prophet ﷺ became seriously ill and asked whether the people had prayed. We replied, ‘No. O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! They are waiting for you.’ He added, ‘Put water for me in a trough.” ‘Aishah added, “We did so. He took a bath and tried to get up but fainted. When he recovered, he again asked whether the people had prayed. We said, ‘No, they are waiting for you. O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ,’ He again said, ‘Put water in a trough for me.’ He sat down and took a bath and tried to get up but fainted again. Then he recovered and said, ‘Have the people prayed?’ We replied, ‘No, they are waiting for you. O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ.’ He said, ‘Put water for me in the trough.’ Then he sat down and washed himself and tried to get up but he fainted. When he recovered, he asked, ‘Have the people prayed?’ We said, ‘No, they are waiting for you. O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! The people were in the mosque waiting for the Prophet ﷺ for the ‘Isha prayer. The Prophet ﷺ sent for Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer. The messenger went to Abu Bakr and said, ‘Allah’s Messenger ﷺ orders you to lead the people in the prayer.’ Abu Bakr was a soft-hearted man, so he asked ‘Umar to lead the prayer but ‘Umar replied, ‘You are more rightful.’ So Abu Bakr led the prayer in those days. When the Prophet ﷺ felt a bit better, he came out for the Zuhr prayer with the help of two persons one of whom was Al-‘Abbas. while Abu Bakr was leading the people in the prayer. When Abu Bakr saw him he wanted to retreat but the Prophet ﷺ beckoned him not to do so and asked them to make him sit beside Abu Bakr and they did so. Abu Bakr was following the Prophet ﷺ (in the prayer) and the people were following Abu Bakr. The Prophet ﷺ (prayed) sitting.”

‘Ubaid-Ullah added “I went to ‘Abdullah bin ‘Abbas and asked him, Shall I tell you what ‘Aishah has told me about the fatal illness of the Prophet ﷺ?’ Ibn ‘Abbas said, ‘Go ahead. I told him her narration and he did not deny anything of it but asked whether ‘Aishah told me the name of the second person (who helped the Prophet ﷺ ) along with Al-Abbas. I said. ‘No.’ He said, ‘He was ‘Ali (Ibn Abi Talib).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 687
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 655 (old numbering)

688. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

the mother of the believers: Allah’s Messenger ﷺ during his illness prayed at his house while sitting whereas some people prayed behind him standing. The Prophet ﷺ beckoned them to sit down. On completion of the prayer, he said, ‘The Imam is to be followed: bow when he bows, raise up your heads (stand erect) when he raises his head and when he says, ‘Sami a-l-lahu liman-hamida ‘ (Allah heard those who sent praises to Him) say then ‘Rabbana wa laka-l-hamd’ (O our Lord! All the praises are for You), and if he prays sitting then pray sitting.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 688
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 656 (old numbering)

689. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

Once Allah’s Messenger ﷺ rode a horse and fell down and the right side (of his body) was injured. He offered one of the prayers while sitting and we also prayed behind him sitting. When he completed the prayer, he said, “The Imam is to be followed. Pray standing if he prays standing and bow when he bows; rise when he rises; and if he says, ‘Sami a-l-lahu-liman hamida, say then, ‘Rabbana wa Lakal-hamd’ and pray standing if he prays standing and pray sitting (all of you) if he prays sitting.”

Humaid said: The saying of the Prophet ﷺ “Pray sitting, if he (Imam) prays sitting” was said in his former illness (during his early life) but the Prophet ﷺ prayed sitting afterwards (in the last illness) and the people were praying standing behind him and the Prophet ﷺ did not order them to sit. We should follow the latest actions of the Prophet ﷺ.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 689
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 657 (old numbering)
Chapter 52

When should those who are behind the Imam prostrate?

باب مَتَى يَسْجُدُ مَنْ خَلْفَ الإِمَامِ

690. Narrated Al-Bara (radhiyallahu anhuma):

(and he was not a liar) When Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Sami a-l-lahu Liman hamida ” none of us bent his back (for prostrations) till the Prophet ﷺ prostrated and then we would prostrate after him.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 690
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 658 (old numbering)
Chapter 53

The sin of the one who raises his head before the Imam (raises his head).

باب إِثْمِ مَنْ رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ قَبْلَ الإِمَامِ

691. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “Isn’t he who raises his head before the Imam afraid that Allah may transform his head into that of a donkey or his figure (face) into that of a donkey?”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 691
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 660 (old numbering)
Chapter 54

A slave or a manumitted slave can lead the Salat (prayer).

باب إِمَامَةِ الْعَبْدِ وَالْمَوْلَى

692. Narrated Ibn ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

When the earliest emigrants came to Al-‘Usba a place in Quba’, before the arrival of the Prophet- Salim, the slave of Abu Hudhaifa, who knew the Qur’an more than the others used to lead them in prayer.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 692
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 661 (old numbering)

693. Narrated Anas (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “Listen and obey (your chief) even if an Ethiopian whose head is like a raisin were made your chief.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 693
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 662 (old numbering)
Chapter 55

If the Imam does not offer the Salat (prayer) perfectly and the followers offer it perfectly.

باب إِذَا لَمْ يُتِمَّ الإِمَامُ وَأَتَمَّ مَنْ خَلْفَهُ

694. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “If the Imam leads the prayer correctly then he and you will receive the rewards but if he makes a mistake (in the prayer) then you will receive the reward for the prayer and the sin will be his.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 694
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 663 (old numbering)
Chapter 56

Offering prayers behind a man who is a victim of Al-Fitan (trials and afflictions) or a heretic.

باب إِمَامَةِ الْمَفْتُونِ وَالْمُبْتَدِعِ

695. Narrated ‘Ubaid-Ullah bin Adi bin Khiyar:

I went to ‘Uthman bin ‘Affan (radhiyallahu anhu) while he was besieged, and said to him, “You are the chief of all Muslims in general and you see what has befallen you. We are led in the Salat (prayer) by a leader of Al-Fitan (trials and afflictions etc.) and we are afraid of being sinful in following him.” ‘Uthman said, “As-Salat (the prayers) is the best of all deeds so when the people do good deeds do the same with them and when they do bad deeds, avoid those bad deeds.” Az-Zuhri said, “In our opinion one should not offer Salat behind an effeminate person unless there is no alternative.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 695
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 663 (old numbering)

696. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said to Abu-Dhar, “Listen and obey (your chief) even if he is an Ethiopian with a head like a raisin.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 696
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 664 (old numbering)
Chapter 57

To stand on the right side of the Imam on the same line if only two persons (counting the Imam) are offering Salat (prayer) in congregation.

باب يَقُومُ عَنْ يَمِينِ الإِمَامِ، بِحِذَائِهِ سَوَاءً إِذَا كَانَا اثْنَيْنِ

697. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Once I passed the night in the house of my aunt Maimuna. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ offered the ‘Isha’ prayer and then came to the house and offered four Rak’at an slept. Later on, he woke up and stood for the prayer and I stood on his left side. He drew me to his right and prayed five Rak’at and then two. He then slept till I heard him snoring (or heard his breath sounds). Afterwards he went out for the morning prayer.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 697
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 665 (old numbering)
Chapter 58

If a man stood on the left side of the Imam and the Imam drew him to his right side, then the Salat of none of them would be invalid.

باب إِذَا قَامَ الرَّجُلُ عَنْ يَسَارِ الإِمَامِ، فَحَوَّلَهُ الإِمَامُ إِلَى يَمِينِهِ لَمْ تَفْسُدْ صَلاَتُهُمَا

698. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

One night I slept at the house of (my aunt) Maimuna and the Prophet ﷺ was there on that night. He performed ablution and stood up for the prayer. I joined him and stood on his left side but he drew me to his right and prayed thirteen Rak’at and then slept till I heard his breath sounds. And whenever he slept, he used to breathe with audible sounds. The Mu’adhdhin came to the Prophet ﷺ and he went out and prayed the morning prayer) without repeating the ablution.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 698
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 666 (old numbering)
Chapter 59

If the Imam has not had the intention of leading the prayer and then some persons join him and he leads them.

باب إِذَا لَمْ يَنْوِ الإِمَامُ أَنْ يَؤُمَّ ثُمَّ جَاءَ قَوْمٌ فَأَمَّهُمْ

699. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Once I passed the night in the house of my aunt Maimuna. The Prophet ﷺ stood for the night prayer and I joined him and stood on his left side but he drew me to his right by holding me by the head.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 699
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 667 (old numbering)
Chapter 60

If the Imam prolongs the Salat (prayer) and somebody has an urgent work or need and so he leaves the congregation and offers Salat alone.

باب إِذَا طَوَّلَ الإِمَامُ وَكَانَ لِلرَّجُلِ حَاجَةٌ فَخَرَجَ فَصَلَّى

700. Narrated Mu’adh bin Jabal (radhiyallahu anhu):

I used to pray the ‘Isha prayer with the Prophet ﷺ and then go to lead my people in the prayer.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 700
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 668 (old numbering)

701. Narrated ‘Amr:

Jabir bin ‘Abdullah said, “Mu’adh bin Jabal used to pray with the Prophet ﷺ and then go to lead his people in prayer Once he led the ‘Isha’ prayer and recited Surat “Al-Baqra.” Somebody left the prayer and Mu’adh criticized him. The news reached the Prophet ﷺ and he said to Mu’adh, ‘You are putting the people to trial,’ and repeated it thrice (or said something similar) and ordered him to recite two medium Suras of Mufassal.” (‘Amr said that he had forgotten the names of those Suras).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 701
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 669 (old numbering)
Chapter 61

The shortening of the Qiyam (standing) by the Imam [in Salat (prayer)] but performing the bowings and the prostrations perfectly.

باب تَخْفِيفِ الإِمَامِ فِي الْقِيَامِ وَإِتْمَامِ الرُّكُوعِ وَالسُّجُودِ

702. Narrated Abu Mas’ud (radhiyallahu anhu):

A man came and said, “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! By Allah, I keep away from the morning prayer only because So and so prolongs the prayer when he leads us in it.” The narrator said, “I never saw Allah’s Messenger ﷺ more furious in giving advice than he was at that time. He then said, “Some of you make people dislike good deeds (the prayer). So whoever among you leads the people in prayer should shorten it because among them are the weak, the old and the needy.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 702
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 670 (old numbering)
Chapter 62

When offering Salat (prayer) alone, one can prolong the Salat as much as one wishes.

باب إِذَا صَلَّى لِنَفْسِهِ فَلْيُطَوِّلْ مَا شَاءَ

703. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “If anyone of you leads the people in the prayer, he should shorten it for amongst them are the weak, the sick and the old; and if anyone among your prays alone then he may prolong (the prayer) as much as he wishes. “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 703
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 671 (old numbering)
Chapter 63

Complaining against one’s Imam if he prolongs the prayer.

باب مَنْ شَكَا إِمَامَهُ إِذَا طَوَّلَ

704. Narrated Abu Mas’ud (radhiyallahu anhu):

A man came and said, “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! I keep away from the morning prayer because so-and-so (Imam) prolongs it too much.” Allah’s Messenger ﷺ became furious and I had never seen him more furious than he was on that day. The Prophet ﷺ said, “O people! Some of you make others dislike the prayer, so whoever becomes an Imam he should shorten the prayer, as behind him are the weak, the old and the needy.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 704
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 672 (old numbering)

705. Narrated Jabir bin ‘Abdullah Al-Ansari (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Once a man was driving two Nadihas (camels used for agricultural purposes) and night had fallen. He found Mu’adh praying so he made his camel kneel and joined Mu’adh in the prayer. The latter recited Surat ‘Al-Baqara” or Surat “An-Nisa”, (so) the man left the prayer and went away. When he came to know that Mu’adh had criticized him, he went to the Prophet ﷺ, and complained against Mu’adh. The Prophet ﷺ said thrice, “O Mu’adh ! Are you putting the people to trial?” It would have been better if you had recited “Sabbih Isma Rabbika-l-a-la (87)”, Wash-Shamsi wadu-haha (91)”, or “Wal-laili Idha yaghsha (92)”, for the old, the weak and the needy pray behind you.” Jabir said that Mu’adh recited Sura Al-Baqara in the ‘Isha’ prayer.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 705
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 673 (old numbering)
Chapter 64

The shortening and perfection of the prayer (by the Imam).

باب الإِيجَازِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ وَإِكْمَالِهَا

706. Narrated Anas (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ used to pray a short prayer (in congregation) but used to offer it in a perfect manner.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 706
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 674 (old numbering)
Chapter 65

Whoever cuts short As-Salat (the prayer) on hearing the cries of a child.

باب مَنْ أَخَفَّ الصَّلاَةَ عِنْدَ بُكَاءِ الصَّبِيِّ

707. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin ‘Abi Qatada:

My father said, “The Prophet ﷺ said, ‘When I stand for prayer, I intend to prolong it but on hearing the cries of a child, I cut it short, as I dislike to trouble the child’s mother.’ “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 707
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 675 (old numbering)

708. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

I never prayed behind any Imam a prayer lighter and more perfect than that behind the Prophet ﷺ and he used to cut short the prayer whenever he heard the cries of a child lest he should put the child’s mother to trial.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 708
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 676 (old numbering)

709. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “When I start the prayer I intend to prolong it, but on hearing the cries of a child, I cut short the prayer because I know that the cries of the child will incite its mother’s passions.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 709
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 677 (old numbering)

710. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ, said, “Whenever I start the prayer I intend to prolong it, but on hearing the cries of a child, I cut short the prayer because I know that the cries of the child will incite its mother’s passions.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 710
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 678 (old numbering)
Chapter 66

If one offers Salat (prayer) and then leads the people in Salat.

باب إِذَا صَلَّى ثُمَّ أَمَّ قَوْمًا

711. Narrated Jabir bin ‘Abdullah (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Mu’adh used to pray with the Prophet ﷺ and then go and lead his people (tribe) in the prayer.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 711
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 679 (old numbering)
Chapter 67

One who repeats the Takbir (Allahu Akbar) of the Imam so that the people may hear it.

باب مَنْ أَسْمَعَ النَّاسَ تَكْبِيرَ الإِمَامِ

712. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

When the Prophet ﷺ, became ill in his fatal illness, Someone came to inform him about the prayer, and the Prophet ﷺ told him to tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer. I said, “Abu Bakr is a soft-hearted man and if he stands for the prayer in your place, he would weep and would not be able to recite the Qur’an.” The Prophet ﷺ said, “Tell Abu Bakr to lead the prayer.” I said the same as before. He (repeated the same order and) on the third or the fourth time he said, “You are the companions of Joseph. Tell Abu Bakr to lead the prayer.” So Abu Bakr led the prayer and meanwhile the Prophet ﷺ felt better and came out with the help of two men; as if I see him just now dragging his feet on the ground. When Abu Bakr saw him, he tried to retreat but the Prophet ﷺ beckoned him to carry on. Abu Bakr retreated a bit and the Prophet ﷺ sat on his (left) side. Abu Bakr was repeating the Takbir (Allahu Akbar) of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ for the people to hear.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 712
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 680 (old numbering)
Chapter 68

If a person follows the Imam and the others follow that person (then it is all right).

باب الرَّجُلُ يَأْتَمُّ بِالإِمَامِ وَيَأْتَمُّ النَّاسُ بِالْمَأْمُومِ

713. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

When Allah’s Messenger ﷺ became seriously ill, Bilal came to him for the prayer. He said, “Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer.” I said, “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! Abu Bakr is a soft-hearted man and if he stands in your place, he would not be able to make the people hear him. Will you order ‘Umar (to lead the prayer)?” The Prophet ﷺ said, “Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer.” Then I said to Hafsa, “Tell him, Abu i Bakr is a soft-hearted man and if he stands in his place, he would not be able to make the people hear him. Would you order ‘Umar to lead the prayer?’ ” Hafsa did so. The Prophet ﷺ said, “Verily you are the companions of Joseph. Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer.” So Abu- Bakr stood for the prayer. In the meantime Allah’s Messenger ﷺ felt better and came out with the help of two persons and both of his legs were dragging on the ground till he entered the mosque. When Abu Bakr heard him coming, he tried to retreat but Allah’s Messenger ﷺ beckoned him to carry on. The Prophet ﷺ sat on his left side. Abu Bakr was praying while standing and Allah’s Messenger ﷺ was leading the prayer while sitting. Abu Bakr was following the Prophet ﷺ and the people were following Abu Bakr (in the prayer).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 713
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 681 (old numbering)
Chapter 69

Can the Imam depend on the people’s saying if he is in doubt (about a certain matter)?

باب هَلْ يَأْخُذُ الإِمَامُ إِذَا شَكَّ بِقَوْلِ النَّاسِ

714. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Once Allah’s Messenger ﷺ prayed two Rak’at (instead of four) and finished his prayer. Dhu-l-yadain asked him whether the prayer had been reduced or whether he had forgotten. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ asked the people whether Dhu-l-yadain was telling the truth. The people replied in the affirmative. Then Allah’s Messenger ﷺ stood up, offered the remaining two Rak’at and then finished his prayer with Taslim and then said, “Allahu Akbar.” He followed it with two prostrations like ordinary prostrations or a bit longer.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 714
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 682 (old numbering)

715. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ prayed two Rak’at of Zuhr prayer (instead of four) and he was told that he had prayed two Rak’at only. Then he prayed two more Rak’at and finished them with the Taslim followed by two prostrations.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 715
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 683 (old numbering)
Chapter 70

If the Imam weeps in As-Salat (the prayers) (will his Salat be valid)?

باب إِذَا بَكَى الإِمَامُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

716. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

the mother of the faithful believers: Allah’s Messenger ﷺ in his last illness said, “Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer.” I said, “If Abu Bakr stood in your place, he would not be able to make the people hear him owing to his weeping. So please order ‘Umar to lead the prayer.” He said, “Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer.” I said to Hafsa, “Say to him, ‘Abu Bakr is a softhearted man and if he stood in your place he would not be able to make the people hear him owing to his weeping. So order ‘Umar to lead the people in the prayer.’ ” Hafsa did so but Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Keep quiet. Verily you are the companions of (Prophet ﷺ) Joseph. Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer.” Hafsa said to me, “I never got any good from you.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 716
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 684 (old numbering)
Chapter 71

Straightening the rows at the time of Iqama and after it (immediately).

باب تَسْوِيَةِ الصُّفُوفِ عِنْدَ الإِقَامَةِ وَبَعْدَهَا

717. Narrated An-Nu’man bin ‘Bashir (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “Straighten your rows or Allah will alter your faces.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 717
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 685 (old numbering)

718. Narrated Anas (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “Straighten your rows, for I see you from behind my back.’

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 718
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 686 (old numbering)
Chapter 72

Facing of the Imam towards his followers while straightening the rows.

باب إِقْبَالِ الإِمَامِ عَلَى النَّاسِ عِنْدَ تَسْوِيَةِ الصُّفُوفِ

719. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

Once the Iqama was pronounced and Allah’s Messenger ﷺ faced us and said, “Straighten your rows and stand closer together, for I see you from behind my back.’

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 719
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 687 (old numbering)
Chapter 73

The first row.

باب الصَّفِّ الأَوَّلِ

720. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “Martyrs are those who die because of drowning, plague, an abdominal disease, or of being buried alive by a falling building.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 720
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 688 (old numbering)

721. And then he added, “If the people knew the Reward for the Zuhr prayer in its early time, they would race for it. If they knew the reward for the ‘Isha’ and the Fajr prayers in congregation, they would join them even if they had to crawl. If they knew the reward for the first row, they would draw lots for it.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 721
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 688 (old numbering)
Chapter 74

The straightening of the rows is amongst those obligatory and good things which make your As-Salat (the prayer) a correct and perfect one.

باب إِقَامَةِ الصَّفِّ مِنْ تَمَامِ الصَّلاَةِ

722. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “The Imam is (appointed) to be followed. So do not differ from him, bow when he bows, and say, “Rabbana-lakal hamd” if he says “Sami’a-l-lahu Liman hamida”; and if he prostrates, prostrate (after him), and if he prays sitting, pray sitting all together, and straighten the rows for the prayer, as the straightening of the rows is amongst those things which make your prayer a correct and perfect one. (See Hadith No. 657).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 722
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 689 (old numbering)

723. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “Straighten your rows as the straightening of rows is essential for a perfect and correct prayer. “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 723
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 690 (old numbering)
Chapter 75

The sin of a person who does not complete the rows (who is out of alignment) for the prayer.

باب إِثْمِ مَنْ لَمْ يُتِمَّ الصُّفُوفَ

724. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

I arrived at Al-Madina and was asked whether I found any change since the days of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ. I said, “I have not found any change except that you do not stand in alignment in your prayers.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 724
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 691 (old numbering)
Chapter 76

To stand shoulder to shoulder and foot to foot in the row.

باب إِلْزَاقِ الْمَنْكِبِ بِالْمَنْكِبِ وَالْقَدَمِ بِالْقَدَمِ فِي الصَّفِّ

725. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “Straighten your rows for I see you from behind my back.” Anas added, “Everyone of us used to put his shoulder with the shoulder of his companion and his foot with the foot of his companion.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 725
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 692 (old numbering)
Chapter 77

If a person stands by the left side of the Imam, and the Imam draws him to the right from behind, his Salat (prayer) is correct.

باب إِذَا قَامَ الرَّجُلُ عَنْ يَسَارِ الإِمَامِ، وَحَوَّلَهُ الإِمَامُ خَلْفَهُ إِلَى يَمِينِهِ، تَمَّتْ صَلاَتُهُ

726. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

I prayed with the Prophet ﷺ one night and stood on his left side. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ caught hold of my head from behind and drew me to his right and then offered the prayer and slept. Later the Mu’adh-dhin came and the Prophet ﷺ stood up for prayer without performing ablution.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 726
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 693 (old numbering)
Chapter 78

One woman can form a row.

باب الْمَرْأَةُ وَحْدَهَا تَكُونُ صَفًّا

727. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

One night an orphan and I offered the prayers behind the Prophet ﷺ in my house and my mother (Um Sulaim) was standing behind us (by herself forming a row).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 727
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 694 (old numbering)
Chapter 79

The right side of the mosque and the place to the right of the Imam.

باب مَيْمَنَةِ الْمَسْجِدِ وَالإِمَامِ

728. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

One night I stood to the left of the Prophet ﷺ in the prayer but he caught hold of me by the hand or by the shoulder (arm) till he made me stand on his right and beckoned with his hand (for me) to go from behind (him). (Al-Kashmaihani-Fateh al-Bari).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 728
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 695 (old numbering)
Chapter 80

If there is a wall or a Sutra between the Imam and followers.

باب إِذَا كَانَ بَيْنَ الإِمَامِ وَبَيْنَ الْقَوْمِ حَائِطٌ أَوْ سُتْرَةٌ

729. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ used to pray in his room at night. As the wall of the room was LOW, the people saw him and some of them stood up to follow him in the prayer. In the morning they spread the news. The following night the Prophet ﷺ stood for the prayer and the people followed him. This went on for two or three nights. Thereupon Allah’s Messenger ﷺ did not stand for the prayer the following night, and did not come out. In the morning, the people asked him about it. He replied, that he way afraid that the night prayer might become compulsory.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 729
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 696 (old numbering)
Chapter 81

The night prayer.

باب صَلاَةِ اللَّيْلِ

730. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

The Prophet ﷺ had a mat which he used to spread during the day and use as a curtain at night. So a number of people gathered at night facing it and prayed behind him.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 730
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 697 (old numbering)

731. Narrated Zaid bin Thabit (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ made a small room in the month of Ramadan (Sa’id said, “I think that Zaid bin Thabit said that it was made of a mat”) and he prayed there for a few nights, and so some of his companions prayed behind him. When he came to know about it, he kept on sitting. In the morning, he went out to them and said, “I have seen and understood what you did. You should pray in your houses, for the best prayer of a person is that which he prays in his house except the compulsory prayers.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 731
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 698 (old numbering)
Chapter 82

The necessity of saying the Takbir, i.e., Allahu Akbar (Allah is the Most Great) and the commencement of As-Salat (the prayer).

باب إِيجَابِ التَّكْبِيرِ وَافْتِتَاحِ الصَّلاَةِ

732. Narrated Anas bin Malik Al-Ansari (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ rode a horse and fell down and the right side of his body was injured. On that day he prayed one of the prayers sitting and we also prayed behind him sitting. When the Prophet ﷺ finished the prayer with Taslim, he said, “The Imam is to be followed and if he prays standing then pray standing, and bow when he bows, and raise your heads when he raises his head; prostrate when he prostrates; and if he says “Sami’a-l-lahu Liman hamida”, you should say, “Rabbana wa-laka-l hamd.:

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 732
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 699 (old numbering)

733. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ fell from a horse and got injured so he led the prayer sitting and we also prayed sitting. When he completed the prayer he said, “The Imam is to be followed; if he says Takbir then say Takbir, bow if he bows; raise your heads when he raises his head, when he says, ‘Sami’ a-l-lahu Liman hamida say, ‘Rabbana laka-l-hamd’, and prostrate when he prostrates.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 733
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 700 (old numbering)

734. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “The Imam is to be followed. Say the Takbir when he says it; bow if he bows; if he says ‘Sami a-l-lahu Liman hamida’, say, ‘ Rabbana wa-laka-l-hamd’, prostrate if he prostrates and pray sitting altogether if he prays sitting.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 734
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 701 (old numbering)
Chapter 83

To raise both hands on saying the first Takbir simultaneously with opening the Salat (prayer).

باب رَفْعِ الْيَدَيْنِ فِي التَّكْبِيرَةِ الأُولَى مَعَ الاِفْتِتَاحِ سَوَاءً

735. Narrated Salim bin ‘Abdullah:

My father said, “Allah’s Messenger ﷺ used to raise both his hands up to the level of his shoulders when opening the prayer; and on saying the Takbir for bowing. And on raising his head from bowing he used to do the same and then say “Sami a-l-lahu Liman hamida, Rabbana walaka-l-hamd.” And he did not do that (i.e. raising his hands) in prostrations.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 735
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 702 (old numbering)
Chapter 84

To raise both hands while saying Takbir [on opening As-Salat (the prayer)], and while bowing and on raising up the head (after bowing).

باب رَفْعِ الْيَدَيْنِ إِذَا كَبَّرَ وَإِذَا رَكَعَ وَإِذَا رَفَعَ

736. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

I saw that whenever Allah’s Messenger ﷺ stood for the prayer, he used to raise both his hands up to the shoulders, and used to do the same on saying the Takbir for bowing and on raising his head from it and used to say, “Sami a-l-lahu Liman hamida”. But he did not do that (i.e. raising his hands) in prostrations.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 736
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 703 (old numbering)

737. Narrated Abu Qilaba:

I saw Malik bin Huwairith saying Takbir and raising both his hands (on starting the prayers and raising his hands on bowing and also on raising his head after bowing. Malik bin Huwairith said, “Allah’s Messenger ﷺ did the same.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 737
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 704 (old numbering)
Chapter 85

To what level should one raise one’s hands?

باب إِلَى أَيْنَ يَرْفَعُ يَدَيْهِ

738. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

I saw Allah’s Messenger ﷺ opening the prayer with the Takbir and raising his hands to the level of his shoulders at the time of saying the Takbir, and on saying the Takbir for bowing he did the same; and when he said, “Sami a-l-lahu Liman hamida “, he did the same and then said, “Rabbana wa laka-l-hamd.” But he did not do the same on prostrating and on lifting the head from it.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 738
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 705 (old numbering)
Chapter 86

To raise one’s hands after finishing the second Rak’a (on standing for the third Rak’a).

باب رَفْعِ الْيَدَيْنِ إِذَا قَامَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَتَيْنِ

739. Narrated Nafi’:

Whenever Ibn ‘Umar started the prayer with Takbir, he used to raise his hands: whenever he bowed, he used to raise his hands (before bowing) and also used to raise his hands on saying, “Sami a-l-lahu Liman hamida”, and he used to do the same on rising from the second Rak’a (for the 3rd Rak’a). Ibn ‘Umar said: “The Prophet ﷺ used to do the same.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 739
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 706 (old numbering)
Chapter 87

To place the right hand on the left [in As-Salat (the prayers)].

باب وَضْعِ الْيُمْنَى عَلَى الْيُسْرَى

740. Narrated Sahl bin Sa’d (radhiyallahu anhu):

The people were ordered to place the right hand on the left forearm in the prayer. Abu Hazim said, “I knew that the order was from the Prophet ﷺ .”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 740
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 707 (old numbering)
Chapter 88

Submissiveness in As-Salat (the prayer).

باب الْخُشُوعِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

741. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “You see me facing the Qibla; but, by Allah, nothing is hidden from me regarding your bowing and submissiveness and I see you from behind my back.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 741
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 708 (old numbering)

742. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “Perform the bowing and the prostrations properly. By Allah, I see you from behind me (or from behind my back) when you bow or prostrate.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 742
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 709 (old numbering)
Chapter 89

What to say after the Takbir.

باب مَا يَقُولُ بَعْدَ التَّكْبِيرِ

743. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ, Abu Bakr and ‘Umar used to start the prayer with “Al-hamdu lil-lahi Rabbil-‘ala-min (All praises are for Allah the Lord of the Worlds).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 743
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 710 (old numbering)

744. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ used to keep silent between the Takbir and the recitation of Qur’an and that interval of silence used to be a short one. I said to the Prophet ﷺ “May my parents be sacrificed for you! What do you say in the pause between Takbir and recitation?” The Prophet ﷺ said, “I say, ‘Allahumma, ba’id baini wa baina khatayaya kama ba’adta baina-l-mashriqi wa-l-maghrib. Allahumma, naqqim min khatayaya kama yunaqqa-ththawbu-l-abyadu mina-ddanas. Allahumma, ighsil khatayaya bil-ma’i wa-th-thalji wal-barad (O Allah! Set me apart from my sins (faults) as the East and West are set apart from each other and clean me from sins as a white garment is cleaned of dirt (after thorough washing). O Allah! Wash off my sins with water, snow and hail.)”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 744
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 711 (old numbering)

745. Narrated Asma’ bint Abi Bakr (radhiyallahu anha):

The Prophet ﷺ once offered the eclipse prayer. He stood for a long time and then did a prolonged bowing. He stood up straight again and kept on standing for a long time, then bowed a long bowing and then stood up straight and then prostrated a prolonged prostration and then lifted his head and prostrated a prolonged prostration. And then he stood up for a long time and then did a prolonged bowing and then stood up straight again and kept on standing for a long time. Then he bowed a long bowing and then stood up straight and then prostrated a prolonged prostration and then lifted his head and went for a prolonged prostration. On completion o the prayer, he said, “Paradise became s near to me that if I had dared, I would have plucked one of its bunches for you and Hell became so near to me that said, ‘O my Lord will I be among those people?’ Then suddenly I saw a woman and a cat was lacerating her with it claws. On inquiring, it was said that the woman had imprisoned the cat till it died of starvation and she neither fed it no freed it so that it could feed itself.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 745
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 712 (old numbering)
Chapter 91

To cast a look at the Imam during As-Salat (the prayer).

باب رَفْعِ الْبَصَرِ إِلَى الإِمَامِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

746. Narrated Abu Ma’mar:

We asked Khabbab whether Allah’s Messenger ﷺ used to recite (the Qur’an) in the Zuhr and the ‘Asr prayers. He replied in the affirmative. We said, “How did you come to know about it?” He said, “By the movement of his beard.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 746
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 713 (old numbering)

747. Narrated Al-Bara (radhiyallahu anhuma):

(And Al-Bara was not a liar) Whenever we offered prayer with the Prophet ﷺ and he raised his head from the bowing, we used to remain standing till we saw him prostrating.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 747
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 714 (old numbering)

748. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Once solar eclipse occurred during the lifetime of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ. He offered the eclipse prayer. His companions asked, “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! We saw you trying to take something while standing at your place and then we saw you retreating.” The Prophet ﷺ said, “I was shown Paradise and wanted to have a bunch of fruit from it. Had I taken it, you would have eaten from it as long as the world remains.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 748
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 715 (old numbering)

749. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ led us in prayer and then went up to the pulpit and beckoned with both hands towards the Qibla of the mosque and then said, “When I started leading you in prayer, I saw the display of Paradise and Hell on the wall of the mosque (facing the Qibla). I never saw good and bad as I have seen today.” He repeated the last statement thrice.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 749
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 716 (old numbering)
Chapter 92

Looking towards the sky during As-Salat (the prayer).

باب رَفْعِ الْبَصَرِ إِلَى السَّمَاءِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

750. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “What is wrong with those people who look towards the sky during the prayer?” His talk grew stern while delivering this speech and he said, “They should stop (looking towards the sky during the prayer); otherwise their eye-sight would be taken away.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 750
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 717 (old numbering)
Chapter 93

To look hither and thither in As-Salat (the prayer).

باب الاِلْتِفَاتِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

751. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

I asked Allah’s Messenger ﷺ about looking hither and thither in prayer. He replied, “It is a way of stealing by which Satan takes away (a portion) from the prayer of a person.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 751
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 718 (old numbering)

752. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

Once the Prophet ﷺ prayed on a Khamisa with marks on it and said, “The marks on it diverted my attention, take this Khamisa to Abu Jahm and bring an Inbijaniya (from him.)”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 752
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 719 (old numbering)
Chapter 94

Is it permissible for one to look around in Salat (prayer) if something happens to one? Or can one look at something like expectoration in the direction of the Qiblah?

باب هَلْ يَلْتَفِتُ لأَمْرٍ يَنْزِلُ بِهِ أَوْ يَرَى شَيْئًا أَوْ بُصَاقًا فِي الْقِبْلَةِ

753. Narrated Ibn ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The Prophet ﷺ saw expectoration in the direction of the Qibla of the mosque while he was leading the prayer, and scratched it off. After finishing the prayer, he said, “Whenever any of you is in prayer he should know that Allah is in front of him. So none should spit in front of him in the prayer.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 753
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 720 (old numbering)

754. Narrated Anas (radhiyallahu anhu):

While the Muslims were offering the Fajr prayer, Al lah’s Messenger ﷺ suddenly appeared before them by living the curtain of the dwelling place of ‘Aishah, looked towards the Muslims who were standing in rows. He smiled with pleasure. Abu Bakr started retreating to join the row on the assumption that the Prophet ﷺ wanted to come out for the prayer. The Muslims intended to leave the prayer (and were on the verge of being put to trial), but the Prophet ﷺ beckoned them to complete their prayer and then he let the curtain fall. He died in the last hours of that day.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 754
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 721 (old numbering)
Chapter 95

Recitation of the Qur’an (Surat Al-Fatiha) is compulsory for the Imam and the followers, at home and on journey, in all As-Salat (the prayers) whether the recitation is done silently or aloud.

باب وُجُوبِ الْقِرَاءَةِ لِلإِمَامِ وَالْمَأْمُومِ فِي الصَّلَوَاتِ كُلِّهَا فِي الْحَضَرِ وَالسَّفَرِ وَمَا يُجْهَرُ فِيهَا وَمَا يُخَافَتُ

755. Narrated Jabir bin Samura (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The People of Kufa complained against Sa’d to ‘Umar and the latter dismissed him and appointed ‘Ammar as their chief. They lodged many complaints against Sa’d and even they alleged that he did not pray properly. ‘Umar sent for him and said, “O Aba Ishaq! These people claim that you do not pray properly.” Abu Ishaq said, “By Allah, I used to pray with them a prayer similar to that of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ and I never reduced anything of it. I used to prolong the first two Rak’at of ‘Isha prayer and shorten the last two Rak’at.” ‘Umar said, “O Aba Ishaq, this was what I thought about you.” And then he sent one or more persons with him to Kufa so as to ask the people about him. So they went there and did not leave any mosque without asking about him. All the people praised him till they came to the mosque of the tribe of Bani ‘Abs; one of the men called Usama bin Qatada with a surname of Aba Sa’da stood up and said, “As you have put us under an oath; I am bound to tell you that Sa’d never went himself with the army and never distributed (the war booty) equally and never did justice in legal verdicts.” (On hearing it) Sa’d said, “I pray to Allah for three things: O Allah! If this slave of yours is a liar and got up for showing off, give him a long life, increase his poverty and put him to trials.” (And so it happened). Later on when that person was asked how he was, he used to reply that he was an old man in trial as the result of Sa’d’s curse. ‘Abdul Malik, the sub narrator, said that he had seen him afterwards and his eyebrows were over-hanging his eyes owing to old age and he used to tease and assault the small girls in the way.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 755
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 722 (old numbering)

756. Narrated ‘Ubada bin As-Samit (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Whoever does not recite Al-Fatiha in his prayer, his prayer is invalid.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 756
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 723 (old numbering)

757. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ entered the mosque and a person followed him. The man prayed and went to the Prophet ﷺ and greeted him. The Prophet ﷺ returned the greeting and said to him, “Go back and pray, for you have not prayed.” The man went back prayed in the same way as before, returned and greeted the Prophet ﷺ who said, “Go back and pray, for you have not prayed.” This happened thrice. The man said, “By Him Who sent you with the Truth, I cannot offer the prayer in a better way than this. Please, teach me how to pray.” The Prophet ﷺ said, “When you stand for Prayer say Takbir and then recite from the Holy Qur’an (of what you know by heart) and then bow till you feel at ease. Then raise your head and stand up straight, then prostrate till you feel at ease during your prostration, then sit with calmness till you feel at ease (do not hurry) and do the same in all your prayers

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 757
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 724 (old numbering)
Chapter 96

The recitation of the Qur’an in the Zuhr prayer.

باب الْقِرَاءَةِ فِي الظُّهْرِ

758. Narrated Jabir bin Samura (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Sa’d said, “I used to pray with them a prayer similar to that of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ (the prayer of Zuhr and ‘Asr) reducing nothing from them. I used to prolong the first two Rak’at and shorten the last two Rak’at.” ‘Umar said to Sa’d “This was what we thought about you.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 758
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 725 (old numbering)

759. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Abi Qatada:

My father said, “The Prophet ﷺ in Zuhr prayers used to recite Al-Fatiha along with two other Suras in the first two Rak’at: a long one in the first Rak’a and a shorter (Sura) in the second, and at times the verses were audible. In the ‘Asr prayer the Prophet ﷺ used to recite Al-Fatiha and two more Suras in the first two Rak’at and used to prolong the first Rak’a. And he used to prolong the first Rak’a of the Fajr prayer and shorten the second.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 759
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 726 (old numbering)

760. Narrated Abu Ma’mar:

I asked Khabbab whether the Prophet ﷺ used to recite the Qur’an in the Zuhr and the ‘Asr prayers. He replied in the affirmative. We said, “How did you come to know that?” He said, “From the movement of his beard.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 760
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 727 (old numbering)
Chapter 97

The recitation of the Qur’an in the ‘Asr prayer.

باب الْقِرَاءَةِ فِي الْعَصْرِ

761. Narrated Abu Ma’mar:

I asked Khabbab bin Al-Art whether the Prophet ﷺ used to recite the Qur’an in the Zuhr and the ‘Asr prayers. He replied in the affirmative. I said, “How did you come to know that?” He replied, “From the movement of his beard.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 761
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 728 (old numbering)

762. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Abi Qatada:

My father said, “The Prophet ﷺ used to recite Al-Fatiha along with another Sura in the first two Rak’at of the Zuhr and ‘Asr prayers. A verse or so was audible at times and he used to prolong the first Rak’a.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 762
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 745 (old numbering)
Chapter 98

The recitation of the Qur’an in the Maghrib prayer.

باب الْقِرَاءَةِ فِي الْمَغْرِبِ

763. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

(My mother) Umu-l-Fadl heard me reciting “Wal Mursalati ‘Urfan” (77) and said, “O my son! By Allah, your recitation made me remember that it was the last Sura I heard from Allah’s Messenger ﷺ. He recited it in the Maghrib prayer. “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 763
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 730 (old numbering)

764. Narrated Marwan bin Al-Hakam:

Zaid bin Thabit said to me, “Why do you recite very short S&ras in the Maghrib prayer while I heard the Prophet ﷺ reciting the longer of the two long Suras?”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 764
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 731 (old numbering)
Chapter 99

To recite aloud in the Maghrib prayer.

باب الْجَهْرِ فِي الْمَغْرِبِ

765. Narrated Jubair bin Mut’im (radhiyallahu anhu):

My father said, “I heard Allah’s Messenger ﷺ reciting “At-Tur” (52) in the Maghrib prayer.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 765
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 732 (old numbering)
Chapter 100

To recite aloud in the ‘Isha’ prayer.

باب الْجَهْرِ فِي الْعِشَاءِ

766. Narrated Abu Rafi (radhiyallahu anhu):

I offered the ‘Isha’ prayer behind Abu Hurairah and he recited, “Idha-s-Sama’u-n-Shaqqat” (84) and prostrated. On my inquiring, he said, “I prostrated behind Abu-l-Qasim (the Prophet ﷺ) (when he recited that Sura) and I will go on doing it till I meet him.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 766
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 733 (old numbering)

767. Narrated Al-Bara (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The Prophet ﷺ was on a journey and recited in one of the first two Rak’at of the ‘Isha’ prayer “Wat-tini waz-zaituni.” (95)

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 767
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 734 (old numbering)
Chapter 101

To recite in the ‘Isha’ prayer, with As-Sajda (prostration).

باب الْقِرَاءَةِ فِي الْعِشَاءِ بِالسَّجْدَةِ

768. Narrated Abu Rafi’ (radhiyallahu anhu):

Once I prayed the ‘Isha’ prayer with Abu Hurairah and he recited, “Idha-s-Sama’ u-nShaqqat” (84) and prostrated. I said, “What is that?” He said, “I prostrated behind Abu-l-Qasim, (the Prophet ﷺ) (when he recited that Sura) and I will go on doing it till I meet him.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 768
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 735 (old numbering)
Chapter 102

Recitation in the ‘Isha’ prayer.

باب الْقِرَاءَةِ فِي الْعِشَاءِ

769. Narrated Al-Bara (radhiyallahu anhuma):

I heard the Prophet ﷺ reciting wat-tini wazzaituni” (95) in the ‘Isha’ prayer, and I never heard a sweeter voice or a better way of recitation than that of the Prophet ﷺ.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 769
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 736 (old numbering)
Chapter 103

Prolonging the first two Rak’a and shortening the last two.

باب يُطَوِّلُ فِي الأُولَيَيْنِ وَيَحْذِفُ فِي الأُخْرَيَيْنِ

770. Narrated Jabir bin Samura (radhiyallahu anhuma):

‘Umar said to Sa’d, “The people complained against you in everything, even in prayer.” Sa’d replied, “Really I used to prolong the first two Rak’at and shorten the last two and I will never shorten the prayer in which I follow Allah’s Messenger ﷺ.” ‘Umar said, “You are telling the truth and that is what I think a tout you.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 770
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 737 (old numbering)
Chapter 104

The recitation of the Qur’an in the Fajr prayer.

باب الْقِرَاءَةِ فِي الْفَجْرِ

771. Narrated Saiyar bin Salama:

My father and I went to Abu Barza-al-Aslami to ask him about the stated times for the prayers. He replied, “The Prophet ﷺ used to offer the Zuhr prayer when the sun just declined from its highest position at noon; the ‘Asr at a time when if a man went to the farthest place in Al-Madina (after praying) he would find the sun still hot (bright). (The sub narrator said: I have forgotten what Abu Barza said about the Maghrib prayer). The Prophet ﷺ never found any harm in delaying the ‘Isha’ prayer to the first third of the night and he never liked to sleep before it and to talk after it. He used to offer the morning prayer at a time when after finishing it one could recognize the person sitting beside him and used to recite between 60 to 100 verses in one or both the Rak’at.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 771
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 738 (old numbering)

772. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Qur’an is recited in every prayer and in those prayers in which Allah’s Messenger ﷺ recited aloud for us, we recite aloud in the same prayers for you; and the prayers in which the Prophet ﷺ recited quietly, we recite quietly. If you recite “Al-Fatiha” only it is sufficient but if you recite something else in addition, it is better.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 772
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 739 (old numbering)
Chapter 105

To recite aloud in the Fajr (early morning) prayer.

باب الْجَهْرِ بِقِرَاءَةِ صَلاَةِ الْفَجْرِ

773. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The Prophet ﷺ set out with the intention of going to Suq ‘Ukaz (market of ‘Ukaz) along with some of his companions. At the same time, a barrier was put between the devils and the news of heaven. Fire commenced to be thrown at them. The Devils went to their people, who asked them, “What is wrong with you?” They said, “A barrier has been placed between us and the news of heaven. And fire has been thrown at us.” They said, “The thing which has put a barrier between you and the news of heaven must be something which has happened recently. Go eastward and westward and see what has put a barrier between you and the news of heaven.” Those who went towards Tuhama came across the Prophet ﷺ at a place called Nakhla and it was on the way to Suq ‘Ukaz and the Prophet ﷺ was offering the Fajr prayer with his companions. When they heard the Qur’an they listened to it and said, “By Allah, this is the thing which has put a barrier between us and the news of heaven.” They went to their people and said, “O our people; verily we have heard a wonderful recital (Qur’an) which shows the true path; we believed in it and would not ascribe partners to our Lord.” Allah revealed the following verses to his Prophet ﷺ (Sura ‘Jinn’) (72): “Say: It has been revealed to me.” And what was revealed to him was the conversation of the Jinns.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 773
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 740 (old numbering)

774. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The Prophet ﷺ recited aloud in the prayers in which he was ordered to do so and quietly in the prayers in which he was ordered to do so. “And your Lord is not forgetful.” “Verily there was a good example for you in the ways of the Prophet ﷺ.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 774
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 741 (old numbering)
Chapter 106

To recite two Surah in one Rak’a and to recite the last Verses of some Surah, or to recite the Surah in their reverse order, or to recite the beginning of a Surah.

باب الْجَمْعِ بَيْنَ السُّورَتَيْنِ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ

Narrated ‘Abdullah bin As-Sa’ib (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ recited Surat Al-Mu’minun (No. 23) in the Fajr prayer and when he reached the story of Musa (Moses) and Harun (Aaron) or ‘Iesa (Jesus) he got cough and bowed. ‘Umar recited 120 Verses from Surat Al-Baqarah (No. 2) in the first Rak’a and in the second Rak’a he recited a Surah from the Mathani (Surah of less than 100 Verses). Ahnaf recited in the first Rak’a Surat Al-Kahf (No. 18) and in the second Rak’a Surat Yusuf (Joseph) (No. 12) or Surat Yunus (Jonah) (No. 10) and said that he had offered the Fajr prayer with ‘Umar reciting the same Surah. Ibn Mas’ud recited 40 Verses from Surat Al-Anfal (No. 8) (in the first Rak’a) and in the second Rak’a, a Surah from the Mufassal Surah [the Surah starting from Qaf (No. 50) to the end of the Qur’an]. Qatada said about a person who recited one Surah divided between two Rak’a or repeated the same Surah in both Rak’a that he can do so as all those Verses are from Allah’s Book.

774 (B). Anas (radhiyallahu anhu) said:

One of the Ansar used to lead the Ansar in Salat (prayer) in the Quba’ mosque and it was his habit to recite Qul Huwal-lahu Ahad (Say: He is Allah the One) (No.112) (after Surat Al-Fatiha) (No.1) whenever he wanted to recite something in Salat. When he finished that Surah, he would recite another one with it. He followed the same procedure in each Rak’a. His companions discussed this with him and said, “You recite this Surah and do not consider it sufficient and then you recite another. So would you recite it alone or leave it and recite some other.” He said, “I will never leave it and if you want me to be your Imam on this condition then it is all right; otherwise I will leave you.” They knew that he was the best amongst them and they did not like someone else to lead them in Salat. When the Prophet ﷺ went to them as usual, they informed him about it. The Prophet ﷺ addressed him and said, “O so-and-so, what forbids you from doing what your companions ask you to do? Why do you read this Surah particularly in every Rak’a?” He replied, “I love this Surah.” The Prophet ﷺ said, “Your love for this Surah will make you enter Paradise.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 774 (B)
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 741 (old numbering)

775. Narrated Abu Wa’il:

A man came to Ibn Mas’ud and said, “I recited the Mufassal (Suras) at night in one Rak’a.” Ibn Mas’ud said, “This recitation is (too quick) like the recitation of poetry. I know the identical Suras which the Prophet ﷺ used to recite in pairs.” Ibn Mas’ud then mentioned 20 Mufassal Suras including two Suras from the family of (i.e. those verses which begin with) AL, HA, MIM (which the Prophet ﷺ used to recite) in each Rak’a.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 775
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 742 (old numbering)
Chapter 107

To recite only Surat Al-Fatiha in the last two Rak’a during a four Rak’a Salat (prayer).

باب يَقْرَأُ فِي الأُخْرَيَيْنِ بِفَاتِحَةِ الْكِتَابِ

776. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Abi Qatada:

My father said, “The Prophet ﷺ uses to recite Al-Fatiha followed by another Sura in the first two Rak’at of the prayer and used to recite only Al-Fatiha in the last two Rak’at of the Zuhr prayer. Sometimes a verse or so was audible and he used to prolong the first Rak’a more than the second and used to do the same in the ‘Asr and Fajr prayers.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 776
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 743 (old numbering)
Chapter 108

To recite (the Qur’an) quietly in the Zuhr and ‘Asr prayers.

باب مَنْ خَافَتَ الْقِرَاءَةَ فِي الظُّهْرِ وَالْعَصْرِ

777. Narrated Abu Ma’mar:

We said to Khabbab “Did Allah’s Messenger ﷺ used to recite in Zuhr and ‘Asr prayers?” He replied in the affirmative. We said, “How did you come to know about it?” He said, “By the movement of his beard.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 777
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 744 (old numbering)
Chapter 109

(In a quiet prayer) if the Imam recites a Verse or so audibly.

باب إِذَا أَسْمَعَ الإِمَامُ الآيَةَ

778. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Abi Qatada:

My father said, “The Prophet ﷺ used to recite Al-Fatiha along with another Sura in the first two Rak’at of the Zuhr and the ‘Asr prayers and at times a t verse or so was audible to us.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 778
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 729 (old numbering)
Chapter 110

To prolong the first Rak’a.

باب يُطَوِّلُ فِي الرَّكْعَةِ الأُولَى

779. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Abi Qatada:

My father said, “The Prophet ﷺ used to prolong the first Rak’a of the Zuhr prayer and shorten the second one and used to do the same in the Fajr prayer.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 779
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 746 (old numbering)
Chapter 111

Saying of Amin aloud by the Imam.

باب جَهْرِ الإِمَامِ بِالتَّأْمِينِ

780. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “Say Amin” when the Imam says it and if the Amin of any one of you coincides with that of the angels then all his past sins will be forgiven.” Ibn Shihab said, “Allah’s Messenger ﷺ used to Say “Amin.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 780
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 747 (old numbering)
Chapter 112

Superiority of saying Amin.

باب فَضْلِ التَّأْمِينِ

781. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “If any one of you says, “Amin” and the angels in the heavens say “Amin” and the former coincides with the latter, all his past sins will be forgiven.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 781
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 748 (old numbering)
Chapter 113

Saying of Amin aloud by the followers.

باب جَهْرِ الْمَأْمُومِ بِالتَّأْمِينِ

782. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Say Amen’ when the Imam says “Ghair-il-maghdubi ‘alaihim wala-ddal-lin; not the path of those who earn Your Anger (such as Jews) nor of those who go astray (such as Christians); all the past sins of the person whose saying (of Amin) coincides with that of the angels, will be forgiven.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 782
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 749 (old numbering)
Chapter 114

If someone bowed behind the rows, [on entering the mosque and before joining the rows of Salat (prayer)].

باب إِذَا رَكَعَ دُونَ الصَّفِّ

783. Narrated Abu Bakra (radhiyallahu anhu):

I reached the Prophet ﷺ in the mosque while he was bowing in prayer and I too bowed before joining the row mentioned it to the Prophet ﷺ and he said to me, “May Allah increase your love for the good. But do not repeat it again (bowing in that way).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 783
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 750 (old numbering)
Chapter 115

Itmam At-Takbir (i.e., to end the number of Takbir or to say the Takbir perfectly) on bowing. [See Fath Al-Bari].

باب إِتْمَامِ التَّكْبِيرِ فِي الرُّكُوعِ

784. Narrated Imran bin Husain (radhiyallahu anhu):

I offered the prayer with ‘Ali in Basra and he made us remember the prayer which we used to pray with Allah’s Messenger ﷺ. ‘Ali said Takbir on each rising and bowing.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 784
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 751 (old numbering)

785. Narrated Abu Salama:

When Abu Hurairah led us in prayer he used to say Takbir on each bowing and rising. On the completion of the prayer he used to say, “My prayer is more similar to the prayer of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ than that of anyone of you.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 785
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 752 (old numbering)
Chapter 116

Itmam At-Takbir (i.e., to end the number of Takbir, or to say the Takbir perfectly) on prostrating. [See Fath Al-Bari].

باب إِتْمَامِ التَّكْبِيرِ فِي السُّجُودِ

786. Narrated Mutarrif bin ‘Abdullah:

‘Imran bin Husain and I offered the prayer behind ‘Ali bin Abi Talib. When ‘Ali prostrated, he said the Takbir, when he raised his head, he said the Takbir and when he got up for the third Rak’a he said the Takbir. On completion of the prayer Imran took my hand and said, “This (i.e. ‘Ali) made me remember the prayer of Muhammad ﷺ” Or he said, “He led us in a prayer like that of Muhammad ﷺ.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 786
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 753 (old numbering)

787. Narrated ‘Ikrima:

I saw a person praying at Muqam-Ibrahim (the place of Abraham by the Ka’bah) and he was saying Takbir on every bowing, rising, standing and sitting. I asked Ibn ‘Abbas (about this prayer). He admonished me saying: “Isn’t that the prayer of the Prophet ﷺ?”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 787
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 754 (old numbering)
Chapter 117

Saying the Takbir on raising from the prostration.

باب التَّكْبِيرِ إِذَا قَامَ مِنَ السُّجُودِ

788. Narrated ‘Ikrima:

I prayed behind a Sheikh at Makkah and he said twenty two Takbirs (during the prayer). I told Ibn ‘Abbas that he (i.e. that Sheikh) was foolish. Ibn ‘Abbas admonished me and said, “This is the tradition of Abu-l-Qasim.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 788
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 755 (old numbering)

789. And narrated Abu Hurairah: Whenever Allah’s Messenger ﷺ stood for the prayer, he said Takbir on starting the prayer and then on bowing. On rising from bowing he said, “Sami’ a-l-lahu liman hamida,” and then while standing straight he used to say, “Rabbana laka-l hamd” (Al-Laith said, “(The Prophet ﷺ said), ‘Walaka-l-hamd’.” He used to say Takbir on prostrating and on raising his head from prostration; again he would Say Takbir on prostrating and raising his head. He would then do the same in the whole of the prayer till it was completed. On rising from the second Rak’a (after sitting for At-Tahiyyat), he used to say Takbir.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 789
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 755 (old numbering)
Chapter 118

To put the hands (palms) on both knees while bowing.

باب وَضْعِ الأَكُفِّ عَلَى الرُّكَبِ فِي الرُّكُوعِ

790. Narrated Mus’ab bin Sa’d:

I offered prayer beside my father and approximated both my hands and placed them in between the knees. My father told me not to do so and said, “We used to do the same but we were forbidden (by the Prophet ﷺ) to do it and were ordered to place the hands on the knees.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 790
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 756 (old numbering)
Chapter 119

Not performing bowing perfectly.

باب إِذَا لَمْ يُتِمَّ الرُّكُوعَ

791. Narrated Zaid bin Wahb:

Hudhaifa saw a person who was not performing the bowing and prostrations perfectly. He said to him, “You have not prayed and if you should die you would die on a religion other than that of Muhammad ﷺ.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 791
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 757 (old numbering)
Chapter 120

To keep the back straight in bowing.

بَابُ اسْتِوَاءِ الظَّهْرِ فِي الرُّكُوعِ

Chapter 121

And what is said regarding the limit of the completion of bowing and of keeping the back straight and the calmness with which it is performed.

باب حَدِّ إِتْمَامِ الرُّكُوعِ وَالاِعْتِدَالِ فِيهِ وَالاِطْمَأْنِينَةِ

792. Narrated Al-Bara (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The bowing, the prostration the sitting in between the two prostrations and the standing after the bowing of the Prophet ﷺ but not Qiyam (standing in the prayer) and Qu’ud (sitting in the prayer) used to be approximately equal (in duration).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 792
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 758 (old numbering)
Chapter 122

The order of the Prophet ﷺ to a person who did not perform his bowing perfectly that he should repeat his Salat (prayer).

باب أَمْرِ النَّبِيِّ صلى الله عليه وسلم الَّذِي لاَ يُتِمُّ رُكُوعَهُ بِالإِعَادَةِ

793. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Once the Prophet ﷺ entered the mosque, a man came in, offered the prayer and greeted the Prophet ﷺ. The Prophet ﷺ returned his greeting and said to him, “Go back and pray again for you have not prayed.” The man offered the prayer again, came back and greeted the Prophet ﷺ. He said to him thrice, “Go back and pray again for you have not prayed.” The man said, “By Him Who has sent you with the truth! I do not know a better way of praying. Kindly teach Me how to pray.” He said, “When you stand for the prayer, say Takbir and then recite from the Qur’an what you know and then bow with calmness till you feel at ease, then rise from bowing till you stand straight. Afterwards prostrate calmly till you feel at ease and then raise (your head) and sit with Calmness till you feel at ease and then prostrate with calmness till you feel at ease in prostration and do the same in the whole of your prayer.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 793
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 759 (old numbering)
Chapter 123

Invocation in bowing.

باب الدُّعَاءِ فِي الرُّكُوعِ

794. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

The Prophet ﷺ used to say in his bowing and prostrations, “Subhanaka-Allahumma Rabbana wa-bihamdika Allahumma-ighfirli.’ (I honor Allah from all what (unsuitable things) is ascribed to Him. O Allah Our Lord! And all the praises are for You. O Allah! Forgive me).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 794
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 760 (old numbering)
Chapter 124

What the Imam and the followers say on raising their heads from bowing.

باب مَا يَقُولُ الإِمَامُ وَمَنْ خَلْفَهُ إِذَا رَفَعَ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ

795. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

When the Prophet ﷺ said, “Sami’ a-l-lahu Liman hamida,” (Allah heard those who sent praises to Him), he would say, “Rabbana wa-laka-l-hamd.” On bowing and raising his head from it the Prophet ﷺ used to say Takbir. He also used to say Takbir on rising after the two prostrations. (See Hadith No. 656).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 795
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 761 (old numbering)
Chapter 125

The superiority of saying Allahumma Rabbana lakal hamd (O Allah, Our Lord! All the praises and thanks are for You).

باب فَضْلِ اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ

796. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “When the Imam says, “Sami’ a-l-lahu Liman hamida,” you should say, “Allahumma Rabbana laka-l-hamd.” And if the saying of any one of you coincides with that of the angels, all his past sins will be forgiven.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 796
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 762 (old numbering)

797. Narrated Abu Salama:

Abu Hurairah said, “No doubt, my Salat (prayer) is similar to that of the Prophet ﷺ.” Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu) used to recite Qunut (invocation) after saying Sami’ Allahu liman hamida in the last Rak’a of the Zuhr, ‘Isha’ and Fajr prayers. He would ask Allah’s Forgiveness for the true believers and curse the disbelievers.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 797
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 762 (old numbering)

798. Narrated Anas (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Qunut used to be recited in the Maghrib and the Fajr prayers.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 798
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 763 (old numbering)

799. Narrated Rifa’a bin Rafi Az-Zuraqi (radhiyallahu anhu):

One day we were praying behind the Prophet ﷺ. When he raised his head from bowing, he said, “Sami’a-l-lahu Liman hamida.” A man behind him said, “Rabbana walaka-l hamd hamdan Kathiran taiyiban mubarakan fihi” (O our Lord! All the praises are for You, many good and blessed praises). When the Prophet ﷺ completed the prayer, he asked, “Who has said these words?” The man replied, “I.” The Prophet ﷺ said, “I saw over thirty angels competing to write it first.” Prophet ﷺ rose (from bowing) and stood straight till all the vertebrae of his spinal column came to a natural position.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 799
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 764 (old numbering)
Chapter 127

To stand straight with calmness on raising the head from bowing.

باب الاِطْمَأْنِينَةِ حِينَ يَرْفَعُ رَأْسَهُ مِنَ الرُّكُوعِ

800. Narrated Thabit:

Anas used to demonstrate to us the prayer of the Prophet ﷺ and while demonstrating, he used to raise his head from bowing and stand so long that we would say that he had forgotten (the prostration).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 800
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 765 (old numbering)

801. Narrated Al-Bara’ (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The bowing, the prostrations, the period of standing after bowing and the interval between the two prostrations of the Prophet ﷺ used to be equal in duration.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 801
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 766 (old numbering)

802. Narrated Aiyub:

Abu Qilaba said, “Malik bin Huwairith used to demonstrate to us the prayer of the Prophet ﷺ at times other than that of the compulsory prayers. So (once) he stood up for prayer and performed a perfect Qiyam (standing and reciting from the Holy Qur’an) and then bowed and performed bowing perfectly; then he raised his head and stood straight for a while.” Abu Qilaba added, “Malik bin Huwairith in that demonstration prayed like this Sheikh of ours, Abu Yazid.” Abu, Yazid used to sit (for a while) on raising his head from the second prostration before getting up.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 802
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 767 (old numbering)
Chapter 128

One should say Takbir while going in prostration.

باب يَهْوِي بِالتَّكْبِيرِ حِينَ يَسْجُدُ

803. Narrated Abu Bakr bin ‘Abdur Rahman Ibn Harith bin Hisham and Abu Salama bin ‘Abdur Rahman:

Abu Hurairah used to say Takbir in all the prayers, compulsory and optional — in the month of Ramadan or other months. He used to say Takbir on standing for prayer and on bowing; then he would say, “Salmi’a-l-lahu Liman hamida,” and before prostrating he would say “Rabbana walaka-l-hamd.” Then he would say Takbir on prostrating and on raising his head from the prostration, then another Takbir on prostrating (for the second time), and on raising his head from the prostration. He also would say the Takbir on standing from the second Rak’a. He used to do the same in every Rak’a till he completed the prayer. On completion of the prayer, he would say, “By Him in Whose Hands my soul is! No doubt my prayer is closer to that of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ than yours, and this was His prayer till he left this world.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 803
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 768 (old numbering)

804. And Abu Hurairah said, “When Allah’s Messenger ﷺ raised his head from (bowing) he used to say “Sami’ a-l-lahu Liman hamida, Rabbana walakal-hamd.” He Would invoke Allah for some people by naming them: “O Allah! Save Al-Walid bin Al-Walid and Salama bin Hisham and ‘Aiyash bin Abi Rabi’a and the weak and the helpless people among the faithful believers O Allah! Be hard on the tribe of Mudar and let them suffer from famine years like that of the time of Joseph.” In those days the Eastern section of the tribe of Mudar was against the Prophet ﷺ.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 804
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 768 (old numbering)

805. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ fell from a horse and the right side of his body was injured. We went to enquire about his health meanwhile it was time for the prayer and he led the prayer sitting and we also prayed while sitting. On completion of the prayer he said, “The Imam is to be followed; say Takbir when he says it; bow when he bows; rise when he rises and when he says “Sami’a-l-lahu Liman hamida,” say, “Rabbana walakal-hamd”, and prostrate if he prostrates.” Sufyan narrated the same from Ma’mar. Ibn Juraij said that his (the Prophet’s ﷺ) right leg had been injured.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 805
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 769 (old numbering)
Chapter 129

Superiority of prostrating.

باب فَضْلِ السُّجُودِ

806. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The people said, “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! Shall we see our Lord on the Day of Resurrection?” He replied, “Do you have any doubt in seeing the full moon on a clear (not cloudy) night?” They replied, “No, O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ!” He said, “Do you have any doubt in seeing the sun when there are no clouds?” They replied in the negative. He said, “You will see Allah (your Lord) in the same way. On the Day of Resurrection, people will be gathered and He will order the people to follow what they used to worship. So some of them will follow the sun, some will follow the moon, and some will follow other deities; and only this nation (Muslims) will be left with its hypocrites. Allah will come to them and say, ‘I am Your Lord.’ They will say, ‘We shall stay in this place till our Lord comes to us and when our Lord will come, we will recognize Him. Then Allah will come to them again and say, ‘I am your Lord.’ They will say, ‘You are our Lord.’ Allah will call them, and As-Sirat (a bridge) will be laid across Hell and I (Muhammad ﷺ) shall be the first amongst the Messengers to cross it with my followers. Nobody except the Messengers will then be able to speak and they will be saying then, ‘O Allah! Save us. O Allah Save us.’

There will be hooks like the thorns of Sa’dan in Hell. Have you seen the thorns of Sa’dan?” The people said, “Yes.” He said, “These hooks will be like the thorns of Sa’dan but nobody except Allah knows their greatness in size and these will entangle the people according to their deeds; some of them will fall and stay in Hell forever; others will receive punishment (torn into small pieces) and will get out of Hell, till when Allah intends mercy on whomever He likes amongst the people of Hell, He will order the angels to take out of Hell those who worshipped none but Him alone. The angels will take them out by recognizing them from the traces of prostrations, for Allah has forbidden the (Hell) fire to eat away those traces. So they will come out of the Fire, it will eat away from the whole of the human body except the marks of the prostrations. At that time they will come out of the Fire as mere skeletons. The Water of Life will be poured on them and as a result they will grow like the seeds growing on the bank of flowing water. Then when Allah had finished from the Judgments amongst his creations, one man will be left between Hell and Paradise and he will be the last man from the people of Hell to enter paradise. He will be facing Hell, and will say, ‘O Allah! Turn my face from the fire as its wind has dried me and its steam has burnt me.’ Allah will ask him, “Will you ask for anything more in case this favor is granted to you?’ He will say, “No by Your (Honor) Power!” And he will give to his Lord (Allah) what he will of the pledges and the covenants. Allah will then turn his face from the Fire. When he will face Paradise and will see its charm, he will remain quiet as long as Allah will. He then will say, ‘O my Lord! Let me go to the gate of Paradise.’ Allah will ask him, ‘Didn’t you give pledges and make covenants (to the effect) that you would not ask for anything more than what you requested at first?’ He will say, ‘O my Lord! Do not make me the most wretched, amongst Your creatures.’ Allah will say, ‘If this request is granted, will you then ask for anything else?’ He will say, ‘No! By Your Power! I shall not ask for anything else.’ Then he will give to his Lord what He will of the pledges and the covenants. Allah will then let him go to the gate of Paradise. On reaching then and seeing its life, charm, and pleasure, he will remain quiet as long as Allah wills and then will say, ‘O my Lord ! Let me enter Paradise.’ Allah will say, May Allah be merciful unto you, O son of Adam! How treacherous you are! Haven’t you made covenants and given pledges that you will not ask for anything more that what you have been given?’ He will say, ‘O my Lord! Do not make me the most wretched amongst Your creatures.’ So Allah will laugh and allow him to enter Paradise and will ask him to request as much as he likes. He will do so till all his desires have been fulfilled. Then Allah will say, ‘Request more of such and such things.’ Allah will remind him and when all his desires and wishes; have been fulfilled, Allah will say “All this is granted to you and a similar amount besides.” Abu Sa’id Al-Khudri, said to Abu Hurairah, ‘Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Allah said, ‘That is for you and ten times more like it.’ “Abu Hurairah said, “I do not remember from Allah’s Messenger ﷺ except (his saying), ‘All this is granted to you and a similar amount besides.” Abu Sahd said, “I heard him saying, ‘That is for you and ten times more the like of it.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 806
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 770 (old numbering)
Chapter 130

During the prostrations one should keep one’s arms away from one’s sides and the abdomen should be kept away from the thighs.

باب يُبْدِي ضَبْعَيْهِ وَيُجَافِي فِي السُّجُودِ

807. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Malik bin Buhaina (radhiyallahu anhu):

Whenever the Prophet ﷺ used to offer prayer he used to keep arms away (from the body) so that the whiteness of his armpits was visible.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 807
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 771 (old numbering)
Chapter 131

One should keep the toes in the direction of the Qiblah.

بَابُ يَسْتَقْبِلُ بِأَطْرَافِ رِجْلَيْهِ الْقِبْلَةَ

Chapter 132

If one does not perform the prostrations perfectly.

باب إِذَا لَمْ يُتِمَّ السُّجُودَ

808. Narrated Abu Wail:

Hudhaifa said, “I saw a person not performing his bowing and prostrations perfectly. When he completed the prayer, I told him that he had not prayed.” I think that Hudhaifa added (i.e. said to the man), “Had you died, you would have died on a tradition other than that of the Prophet Muhammad ﷺ.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 808
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 772 (old numbering)
Chapter 133

To prostrate on seven bones.

باب السُّجُودِ عَلَى سَبْعَةِ أَعْظُمٍ

809. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The Prophet ﷺ was ordered (by Allah) to prostrate on seven parts and not to tuck up the clothes or hair (while praying). Those parts are: the forehead (along with the tip of nose), both hands, both knees, and (toes of) both feet.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 809
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 773 (old numbering)

810. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “We have been ordered to prostrates on seven bones and not to tuck up the clothes or hair.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 810
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 774 (old numbering)

811. Narrated Al-Bara’ bin ‘Azib (radhiyallahu anhuma):

(and he was not a liar) We used to pray behind the Prophet ﷺ and when he said, “Sami’ a-l-lahu Liman hamida”, none of us would bend his back (to go for prostration) till the Prophet ﷺ had placed his, forehead on the ground.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 811
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 775 (old numbering)
Chapter 134

To prostrate on the nose.

باب السُّجُودِ عَلَى الأَنْفِ

812. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “I have been ordered to prostrate on seven bones i.e. on the forehead along with the tip of the nose and the Prophet ﷺ pointed towards his nose, both hands, both knees and the toes of both feet and not to gather the clothes or the hair.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 812
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 780 (old numbering)
Chapter 135

To prostrate on the nose and in the mud.

باب السُّجُودِ عَلَى الأَنْفِ وَالسُّجُودِ عَلَى الطِّينِ

813. Narrated Abu Salama:

Once I went to Abu- Sa’id Al-Khudri and asked him, “Won’t you come with us to the date-palm trees to have a talk?” So Abu Sa’id went out and I asked him, “Tell me what you heard from the Prophet ﷺ about the Night of Qadr.” Abu Sa’id replied, “Once Allah’s Messenger ﷺ performed I’tikaf (seclusion) on the first ten days of the month of Ramadan and we did the same with him. Gabriel came to him and said, ‘The night you are looking for is ahead of you.’ So the Prophet ﷺ performed the I’tikaf in the middle (second) ten days of the month of Ramadan and we too performed I’tikaf with him. Gabriel came to him and said, ‘The night which you are looking for is ahead of you.’ In the morning of the 20th of Ramadan the Prophet ﷺ delivered a sermon saying, ‘Whoever has performed I’tikaf with me should continue it. I have been shown the Night of “Qadr”, but have forgotten its date, but it is in the odd nights of the last ten nights. I saw in my dream that I was prostrating in mud and water.’ In those days the roof of the mosque was made of branches of date-palm trees. At that time the sky was clear and no cloud was visible, but suddenly a cloud came and it rained. The Prophet ﷺ led us in the prayer and I saw the traces of mud on the forehead and on the nose of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ. So it was the confirmation of that dream.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 813
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 777 (old numbering)
Chapter 136

To tie the clothes and wrap them properly [in Salat (prayer)]; and whoever gathered his clothes for fear that his private parts may become exposed.

باب عَقْدِ الثِّيَابِ وَشَدِّهَا وَمَنْ ضَمَّ إِلَيْهِ ثَوْبَهُ إِذَا خَافَ أَنْ تَنْكَشِفَ عَوْرَتُهُ

814. Narrated Sahl bin Sa’d (radhiyallahu anhu):

The people used to pray with the Prophet ﷺ tying their Izars around their necks because of their small sizes and the women were directed that they should not raise their heads from the prostrations till the men had sat straight.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 814
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 778 (old numbering)
Chapter 137

One should not tuck up the hair [during Salat (prayers)].

باب لاَ يَكُفُّ شَعَرًا

815. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The Prophet ﷺ was ordered to prostrate on seven bony parts and not to tuck up his clothes or hair.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 815
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 779 (old numbering)
Chapter 138

One should not tuck up his garment in As-Salat (the prayer).

باب لاَ يَكُفُّ ثَوْبَهُ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

816. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “I have been ordered to prostrate on seven bones i.e. on the forehead along with the tip of the nose and the Prophet ﷺ pointed towards his nose, both hands, both knees and the toes of both feet and not to gather the clothes or the hair.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 816
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 776 (old numbering)
Chapter 139

To invoke and glorify Allah in prostration.

باب التَّسْبِيحِ وَالدُّعَاءِ فِي السُّجُودِ

817. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

The Prophet ﷺ used to say frequently in his bowing and prostrations “Subhanaka-Allahumma Rabbana Wabihamdika, Allahumma Ighfir-li” (I honor Allah from all what (unsuitable things) is ascribed to Him, O Allah! Our Lord! All praises are for You. O Allah! Forgive me). In this way he was acting on what was explained to him in the Holy Qur’an.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 817
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 781 (old numbering)
Chapter 140

To sit for a while between the two prostrations.

باب الْمُكْثِ بَيْنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ

818. Narrated Abu Qilaba:

Once Malik bin Huwairith said to his friends, “Shall I show you how Allah’s Messenger ﷺ used to offer his prayers?” And it was not the time for any of the compulsory congregational prayers. So he stood up (for the prayer) bowed and said the Takbir, then he raised his head and remained standing for a while and then prostrated and raised his head for a while (sat up for a while). He prayed like our Sheikh ‘Amr Ibn Salama. (Aiyub said, “The latter used to do a thing which I did not see the people doing i.e. he used to sit between the third and the fourth Rak’a).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 818
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 782 (old numbering)

819. Malik bin Huwairith said, “We came to the Prophet ﷺ (after embracing Islam) and stayed with him. He said to us, ‘When you go back to your families, pray such and such a prayer at such and such a time, pray such and such a prayer at such and such a time, and when there is the time for the prayer then only of you should pronounce the Adhan for the prayer and the oldest of you should lead the prayer.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 819
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 782 (old numbering)

820. Narrated Al-Bara’ (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The time taken by the Prophet ﷺ in prostrations, bowing, and the sitting interval between the two prostrations was about the same.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 820
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 783 (old numbering)

821. Narrated Thabit:

Anas said, “I will leave no stone unturned in making you offer the prayer as I have seen the Prophet ﷺ making us offer it.” Anas used to do a thing which I have not seen you doing. He used to stand after the bowing for such a long time that one would think that he had forgotten (the prostrations) and he used to sit in-between the prostrations so long that one would think that he had forgotten the second prostration.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 821
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 784 (old numbering)
Chapter 141

One should not put the forearms on the ground during prostrations.

باب لاَ يَفْتَرِشُ ذِرَاعَيْهِ فِي السُّجُودِ

822. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “Be straight in the prostrations and none of you should put his forearms on the ground (in the prostration) like a dog.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 822
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 785 (old numbering)
Chapter 142

Sitting straight in a Witr prayer (i.e., an odd Rak’a) and then getting up.

باب مَنِ اسْتَوَى قَاعِدًا فِي وِتْرٍ مِنْ صَلاَتِهِ ثُمَّ نَهَضَ

823. Narrated Malik bin Huwairith Al-Laithi (radhiyallahu anhu):

I saw the Prophet ﷺ praying and in the odd Rak’at, he used to sit for a moment before getting up.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 823
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 786 (old numbering)
Chapter 143

How to support oneself on the ground while standing after finishing the Rak’a (after the two prostrations).

باب كَيْفَ يَعْتَمِدُ عَلَى الأَرْضِ إِذَا قَامَ مِنَ الرَّكْعَةِ

824. Narrated Aiyub:

Abu Qilaba said, “Malik bin Huwairith came to us and led us in the prayer in this mosque of ours and said, ‘I lead you in prayer but I do not want to offer the prayer but just to show you how Allah’s Messenger ﷺ performed his prayers.” I asked Abu Qilaba, “How was the prayer of Malik bin Huwairith?” He replied, “Like the prayer of this Sheikh of ours– i.e. ‘Amr bin Salima.” That Sheikh used to pronounce the Takbir perfectly and when he raised his head from the second prostration he would sit for a while and then support himself on the ground and get up.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 824
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 787 (old numbering)
Chapter 144

Saying Takbir on rising from the two prostrations.

باب يُكَبِّرُ وَهْوَ يَنْهَضُ مِنَ السَّجْدَتَيْنِ

825. Narrated Said bin Al-Harith:

Abu Sa’id led us in the prayer and said the Takbir aloud on arising from the prostration, and on prostrating, on rising again, and on getting up from the second Rak’a. Abu Sa’id said, “I saw the Prophet ﷺ doing the same.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 825
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 788 (old numbering)

826. Narrated Mutarrif:

‘Imran and I prayed behind ‘Ali bin Abi Talib and he said Takbir on prostrating, on rising and on getting up after the two Rak’at (i.e. after the second Rak’a). When the prayer was finished, ‘Imran took me by the hand and said, “He (‘Ali) has prayed the prayer of Muhammad ﷺ” (or said, “He made us remember the prayer of Muhammad ﷺ).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 826
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 789 (old numbering)
Chapter 145

The Prophet’s Sunna (legal way) for the sitting in the Tashah-hud [in the Salat (prayer)].

باب سُنَّةِ الْجُلُوسِ فِي التَّشَهُّدِ

827. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin ‘Abdullah:

I saw ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar crossing his legs while sitting in the prayer and I, a mere youngster in those days, did the same. Ibn ‘Umar forbade me to do so, and said, “The proper way is to keep the right foot propped up and bend the left in the prayer.” I said questioningly, “But you are doing so (crossing the legs).” He said, “My feet cannot bear my weight.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 827
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 790 (old numbering)

828. Narrated Muhammad bin ‘Amr bin ‘Ata’:

I was sitting with some of the companions of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ and we were discussing about the way of praying of the Prophet ﷺ. Abu Humaid As-Saidi said, “I remember the prayer of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ better than any one of you. I saw him raising both his hands up to the level of the shoulders on saying the Takbir; and on bowing he placed his hands on both knees and bent his back straight, then he stood up straight from bowing till all the vertebrate took their normal positions. In prostrations, he placed both his hands on the ground with the forearms away from the ground and away from his body, and his toes were facing the Qibla. On sitting In the second Rak’a he sat on his left foot and propped up the right one; and in the last Rak’a he pushed his left foot forward and kept the other foot propped up and sat over the buttocks “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 828
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 791 (old numbering)
Chapter 146

Whoever considered that the first Tashah-hud is not compulsory.

باب مَنْ لَمْ يَرَ التَّشَهُّدَ الأَوَّلَ وَاجِبًا

829. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Buhaina (radhiyallahu anhu):

(he was from the tribe of Uzd Shan’u’a and was the ally of the tribe of ‘Abdul-Manaf and was one of the companions of the Prophet ﷺ): Once the Prophet ﷺ led us in the Zuhr prayer and stood up after the second Rak’a and did not sit down. The people stood up with him. When the prayer was about to end and the people were waiting for him to say the Taslim, he said Takbir while sitting and prostrated twice before saying the Taslim and then he said the Taslim.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 829
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 792 (old numbering)
Chapter 147

(Saying of the) Tashah-hud in the first sitting.

باب التَّشَهُّدِ فِي الأُولَى

830. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Malik bin Buhaina (radhiyallahu anhu):

Once Allah’s Messenger ﷺ led us in the Zuhr prayer and got up (after the prostrations of the second Rak’a) although he should have sat (for the Tashah-hud). So at the end of the prayer, he prostrated twice while sitting (prostrations of Sahu).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 830
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 793 (old numbering)
Chapter 148

(Saying of the) Tashah-hud in the last Rak’a.

باب التَّشَهُّدِ فِي الآخِرَةِ

831. Narrated Shaqlq bin Salama:

‘Abdullah said, “Whenever we prayed behind the Prophet ﷺ we used to recite (in sitting) ‘Peace be on Gabriel, Michael, peace be on so and so. Once Allah’s Messenger ﷺ looked back at us and said, ‘Allah Himself is As-Salam (Peace), and if anyone of you prays then he should say, At-Tahiyatu lil-lahi wassalawatu wat-taiyibatu. As-Salamu ‘alalika aiyuha-n-Nabiyu wa rahmatu-l-lahi wa barakatuhu. As-Salam alaina wa ala ibadil-lah is-salihin. (All the compliments, prayers and good things are due to Allah: peace be on you, O Prophet ﷺ and Allah’s mercy and blessings be on you. Peace be on us an on the true pious slaves of Allah). (If you say that, it will be for all the slaves in the heaven and the earth). Ash-hadu an la-ilaha illa-l-lahu wa ash-hadu anna Muhammadan ‘abduhu wa Rasuluhu. (I testify that none has the right to be worshipped but Allah and I also testify that Muhammad ﷺ is His slave and His Messenger ﷺ).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 831
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 794 (old numbering)
Chapter 149

Invocation before the Taslim.

باب الدُّعَاءِ قَبْلَ السَّلاَمِ

832. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

(the wife of the Prophet ﷺ) Allah’s Messenger ﷺ used to invoke Allah in the prayer saying “Allahumma inni a’udhu bika min adhabil-qabri, wa a’udhu bika min fitnatil-masihid-dajjal, wa a’udhu bika min fitnatil-mahya wa fitnatil-mamati. Allahumma inni a’udhu bika minal-ma thami wal-maghrami. (O Allah, I seek refuge with You from the punishment of the grave and from the afflictions of Masi,h Ad-Dajjal and from the afflictions of life and death. O Allah, I seek refuge with You from the sins and from being in debt).” Somebody said to him, “Why do you so frequently seek refuge with Allah from being in debt?” The Prophet ﷺ replied, “A person in debt tells lies whenever he speaks, and breaks promises whenever he makes (them).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 832
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 795 (old numbering)

833. ‘Aishah also narrated: I heard Allah’s Messenger ﷺ in his prayer seeking refuge with Allah from the afflictions of Ad-dajjal.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 833
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 795 (old numbering)

834. Narrated Abu Bakr As-Siddiq (radhiyallahu anhu):

I asked Allah’s Messenger ﷺ to teach me an invocation so that I may invoke Allah with it in my prayer. He told me to say, “Allahumma inni zalumtu nafsi zulman kathiran, Wala yaghfirudhdhunuba illa anta faghfirli maghfiratan min ‘Indika, war-hamni innaka antal-ghafururrahim (O Allah! I have done great injustice to myself and none except You forgives sins, so please forgive me and be Merciful to me as You are the Forgiver, the Merciful).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 834
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 796 (old numbering)
Chapter 150

What optional invocation may be selected after the Tashah-hud, and it is not obligatory.

باب مَا يُتَخَيَّرُ مِنَ الدُّعَاءِ بَعْدَ التَّشَهُّدِ وَلَيْسَ بِوَاجِبٍ

835. Narrated ‘Abdullah (radhiyallahu anhu):

When we prayed with the Prophet ﷺ we used to say, “Peace be on Allah from His slaves and peace be on so and so.” The Prophet ﷺ said, “Don’t say As-Salam be on Allah, for He Himself is As-Salam, but say, ‘At-tahiyatu lil-lahi was-salawatu wat-taiyibatu. As-salamu ‘Alaika aiyuhan-Nabiyu warahmatu-l-lahi wa barakatuhu. As-salamu ‘alaina wa ‘ala ibadillahis-salihin. (If you say this then it will be for all the slaves in heaven or between heaven and earth). Ashhadu an la-ilaha illallahu wa ashhadu anna Muhammadan ‘Abduhu wa Rasuluhu.’ Then select the invocation you like best and recite it.” (See Hadith No. 794, 795 & 796).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 835
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 797 (old numbering)
Chapter 151

No cleaning (rubbing) one’s forehead and nose till one has completed As-Salat (the prayer).

باب مَنْ لَمْ يَمْسَحْ جَبْهَتَهُ وَأَنْفَهُ حَتَّى صَلَّى

836. Narrated Abu Sa’id Al-Khudri (radhiyallahu anhu):

I saw Allah’s Messenger ﷺ prostrating in mud and water and saw the mark of mud on his forehead.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 836
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 798 (old numbering)
Chapter 152

Taslim [turning the face to the right and then to the left and saying “As-Salamu ‘alaikum wa rahmat-ullah” at the end of the Salat (prayers)].

باب التَّسْلِيمِ

837. Narrated Um Salama (radhiyallahu anha):

Whenever Allah’s Messenger ﷺ finished his prayers with Taslim, the women would get up and he would stay on for a while in his place before getting up. Ibn Shihab said, “I think (and Allah knows better), that the purpose of his stay was that the women might leave before the men who had finished their prayer. “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 837
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 799 (old numbering)
Chapter 153

To finish the Salat (prayer) with Taslim along with the Imam.

باب يُسَلِّمُ حِينَ يُسَلِّمُ الإِمَامُ

838. Narrated ‘Itban bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

We prayed with the Prophet ﷺ and used to finish our prayer with the Taslim along with him.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 838
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 800 (old numbering)
Chapter 154

Whoever did not say (a Taslim) in addition to the Taslim of the Imam but thought that Taslim of the Salat (prayer) was sufficient.

باب مَنْ لَمْ يَرَ رَدَّ السَّلاَمِ عَلَى الإِمَامِ وَاكْتَفَى بِتَسْلِيمِ الصَّلاَةِ

839. Narrated Mahmud bin Ar-Rabi’ (radhiyallahu anhu):

I remember Allah’s Messenger ﷺ and also the mouthful of water which he took from a bucket in our house and ejected (on me).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 839
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 801 (old numbering)

840. I heard from Itban bin Malik Al-Ansari, who was one from Bani Salim, saying, “I used to lead my tribe of Bani Salim in prayer. Once I went to the Prophet ﷺ and said to him, ‘I have weak eye-sight and at times the rainwater flood intervenes between me and the mosque of my tribe and I wish that you would come to my house and pray at some place so that I could take that place as a place for praying (mosque). He said, “Allah willing, I shall do that.” Next day Allah’s Messenger ﷺ along with Abu Bakr, came to my house after the sun had risen high and he asked permission to enter. I gave him permission, but he didn’t sit till he said to me, “Where do you want me to pray in your house?” I pointed to a place in the house where I wanted him to pray. So he stood up for the prayer and we aligned behind him. He completed the prayer with Taslim and we did the same simultaneously.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 840
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 801 (old numbering)
Chapter 155

The Dhikr (remembering Allah by Glorifying, Praising and Magnifying Him) after As-Salat (the prayer).

باب الذِّكْرِ بَعْدَ الصَّلاَةِ

841. Narrated Abu Ma’bad:

(the freed slave of Ibn ‘Abbas) Ibn ‘Abbas told me, “In the lifetime of the Prophet ﷺ it was the custom to celebrate Allah’s praises aloud after the compulsory congregational prayers.” Ibn ‘Abbas further said, “When I heard the Dhikr, I would learn that the compulsory congregational prayer had ended.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 841
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 802 (old numbering)

842. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

I used to recognize the completion of the prayer of the Prophet ﷺ by hearing Takbir.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 842
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 803 (old numbering)

843. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Some poor people came to the Prophet ﷺ and said, “The wealthy people will get higher grades and will have permanent enjoyment and they pray like us and fast as we do. They have more money by which they perform the Hajj, and ‘Umra; fight and struggle in Allah’s Cause and give in charity.” The Prophet ﷺ said, “Shall I not tell you a thing upon which if you acted you would catch up with those who have surpassed you? Nobody would overtake you and you would be better than the people amongst whom you live except those who would do the same. Say “Sub-han-al-lah”, “Alhamdu-lillah” and “Allahu Akbar” thirty three times each after every (compulsory) prayer.” We differed and some of us said that we should say, “Subhan-al-lah” thirty three times and “Alhamdu lillah” thirty three times and “Allahu Akbar” thirty four times. I went to the Prophet ﷺ who said, “Say, “Subhan-al-lah” and “Alhamdu lillah” and “Allahu Akbar” all together for thirty three times.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 843
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 804 (old numbering)

844. Narrated Warrad:

(the clerk of Al-Mughira bin Shu’ba) Once Al-Mughira dictated to me in a letter addressed to Mu’awiya that the Prophet ﷺ used to say after every compulsory prayer, “La ilaha ilallah wahdahu la sharika lahu, lahul-mulku wa-lahul-hamdu, wahuwa ala kulli shai in qadir. Allahumma la mani ‘a lima a’taita, wa la mu’tiya lima mana’ta, wa la yanfa’u dhal-jaddi minka-l-jadd. (None has the right to be worshipped but Allah and He has no partner in Lordship or in worship or in the Names and the Qualities, and for Him is the Kingdom and all the praises are for Him and He is omnipotent. O Allah! Nobody can hold back what you give and nobody can give what You hold back. Hard (efforts by anyone for anything cannot benefit one against Your Will).” And Al-Hasan said, “Al-jadd’ means prosperity.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 844
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 805 (old numbering)
Chapter 156

The Imam should face the followers after finishing the prayer with Taslim.

باب يَسْتَقْبِلُ الإِمَامُ النَّاسَ إِذَا سَلَّمَ

845. Narrated Samura bin Jundab (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ used to face us on completion of the prayer.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 845
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 806 (old numbering)

846. Narrated Zaid bin Khalid Al-Juhani (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ led us in the Fajr prayer at Hudaibiya after a rainy night. On completion of the prayer, he faced the people and said, “Do you know what your Lord has said (revealed)?” The people replied, “Allah and His Messenger ﷺ know better.” He said, “Allah has said, ‘In this morning some of my slaves remained as true believers and some became non-believers; whoever said that the rain was due to the Blessings and the Mercy of Allah had belief in Me and he disbelieves in the stars, and whoever said that it rained because of a particular star had no belief in Me but believes in that star.’ “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 846
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 807 (old numbering)

847. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

Once the Prophet ﷺ delayed the ‘Isha’ prayer until midnight and then came to us. Having prayed he faced us and said, “The people had prayed and slept but you were in the prayer as long as you were waiting for it.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 847
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 808 (old numbering)
Chapter 157

The staying of the Imam at his Musalla (praying place) after (finishing the prayer with) Taslim.

باب مُكْثِ الإِمَامِ فِي مُصَلاَّهُ بَعْدَ السَّلاَمِ

848. Narrated Nafi’:

Ibn ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma) used to offer prayers (Nawafil) at the place where he had offered the compulsory prayer. Al-Qasim (bin Muhammad bin Abi Bakr) did the same. The narration coming from Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu) (from the Prophet ﷺ) forbidding the Imam from offering prayers (optional prayer) at the same place where he has offered the compulsory prayer (is incorrect).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 848
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 808 (old numbering)

849. Narrated Um Salama (radhiyallahu anha):

“The Prophet ﷺ after finishing the prayer with Taslim used to stay at his place for a while.” Ibn Shihab said, “I think (and Allah knows better), that he used to wait for the departure of the women who had prayed.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 849
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 809 (old numbering)

850. Ibn Shihab wrote that he had heard it from Hind bint Al-Harith Al-Firasiya from Um Salama, the wife of the Prophet ﷺ (Hind was from the companions of Um Salama) who said, “When the Prophet ﷺ finished the prayer with Taslim, the women would depart and enter their houses before Allah’s Messenger ﷺ departed.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 850
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 809 (old numbering)
Chapter 158

Whoever led the people in Salat (prayer) and remembered an urgent matter or necessity and had to pass over the people (to carry out that).

باب مَنْ صَلَّى بِالنَّاسِ فَذَكَرَ حَاجَةً فَتَخَطَّاهُمْ

851. Narrated ‘Uqba (radhiyallahu anhu):

I offered the ‘Asr prayer behind the Prophet ﷺ at Al-Madina. When he had finished the prayer with Taslim, he got up hurriedly and went out by crossing the rows of the people to one of the dwellings of his wives. The people got scared at his speed. The Prophet ﷺ came back and found the people surprised at his haste and said to them, “I remembered a piece of gold Lying in my house and I did not like it to divert my attention from Allah’s worship, so I have ordered it to be distributed (in charity).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 851
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 810 (old numbering)
Chapter 159

To leave or depart from the right and from the left after finishing from the Salat (prayers).

باب الاِنْفِتَالِ وَالاِنْصِرَافِ عَنِ الْيَمِينِ، وَالشِّمَالِ

852. Narrated ‘Abdullah (radhiyallahu anhu):

You should not give away a part of your prayer to Satan by thinking that it is necessary to depart (after finishing the prayer) from one’s right side only; I have seen the Prophet ﷺ often leave from the left side.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 852
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 811 (old numbering)
Chapter 160

What has been said about uncooked garlic, onion and leek.

باب مَا جَاءَ فِي الثُّومِ النَّىِّ وَالْبَصَلِ وَالْكُرَّاثِ

853. Narrated Ibn ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

During the holy battle of Khaibar the Prophet ﷺ said, “Whoever ate from this plant (i.e. garlic) should not enter our mosque.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 853
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 812 (old numbering)

854. Narrated ‘Ata’:

I heard Jabir bin ‘Abdullah saying, “The Prophet ﷺ said, ‘Whoever eats (from) this plant (he meant garlic) should keep away from our mosque.” I said, “What does he mean by that?” He replied, “I think he means only raw garlic.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 854
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 813 (old numbering)

855. Narrated Jabir bin ‘Abdullah (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “Whoever eats garlic or onion should keep away from our mosque or should remain in his house.” (Jabir bin ‘Abdullah, in another narration said, “Once a big pot containing cooked vegetables was brought. On finding unpleasant smell coming from it, the Prophet ﷺ asked, ‘What is in it?’ He was told all the names of the vegetables that were in it. The Prophet ﷺ ordered that it should be brought near to some of his companions who were with him. When the Prophet ﷺ saw it he disliked to eat it and said, ‘Eat. (I don’t eat) for I converse with those whom you don’t converse with (i.e. the angels).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 855
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 814 (old numbering)

856. Narrated ‘Abdul ‘Aziz:

A man asked Anas, “What did you hear from the Prophet ﷺ about garlic?” He said, “The Prophet ﷺ said, ‘Whoever has eaten this plant should neither come near us nor pray with us.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 856
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 815 (old numbering)
Chapter 161

The ablution for boys (youngsters). When they should perform Ghusl (take a bath) and Tuhur (purification). Their attendance at congregational prayers, ‘Eid prayers and funeral prayers and their rows in the prayers.

باب وُضُوءِ الصِّبْيَانِ, وَمَتَى يَجِبُ عَلَيْهِمُ الْغَسْلُ وَالطُّهُورُ وَحُضُورِهِمِ الْجَمَاعَةَ وَالْعِيدَيْنِ وَالْجَنَائِزَ وَصُفُوفِهِمْ.

857. Narrated Sulaiman Ash-Shaibam:

I heard Ash-Sha’bi saying, “A person who was accompanying the Prophet ﷺ passed by a grave that was separated from the other graves told me that the Prophet ﷺ once led the people in the (funeral) prayer and the people had aligned behind him. I said, “O Aba ‘Amr! Who told you about it?” He said, “Ibn ‘Abbas.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 857
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 816 (old numbering)

858. Narrated Abu Sa’id Al-Khudri (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “Ghusl (taking a bath) on Friday is compulsory for every Muslim reaching the age of puberty.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 858
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 817 (old numbering)

859. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

One night I slept at the house of my aunt Maimuna and the Prophet ﷺ slept (too). He got up (for prayer) in the last hours of the night and performed a light ablution from a hanging leather skin. (‘Amr, the sub-narrator described that the ablution was very light). Then he stood up for prayer and I got up too and performed the ablution in the same way and joined him on his left side. He pulled me to the right and prayed as much as Allah will. Then he lay down and slept and I heard his breath sounds till the Mu’adh-dhin came to him to inform him about the (Fajr) prayer. He left with him for the prayer and prayed without repeating the ablution. (Sufyan the subnarrator said: We said to ‘Amr, “Some people say, ‘The eyes of the Prophet ﷺ sleep but his heart never sleeps.’ ” ‘Amr said, “‘Ubai bin ‘Umar said, ‘The dreams of the Prophets are Divine Inspirations. Then he recited, ‘(O my son), I have seen in dream that I was slaughtering you (offering you in sacrifice).”) (37.102)

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 859
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 818 (old numbering)

860. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

My grandmother Mulaika invited Allah’s Messenger ﷺ for a meal which she had prepared specially for him. He ate some of it and said, “Get up. I shall lead you in the prayer.” I brought a mat that had become black owing to excessive use and I sprinkled water on it. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ stood on it and prayed two Rak’at; and the orphan was with me (in the first row), and the old lady stood behind us.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 860
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 819 (old numbering)

861. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Once I came riding a she-ass and I, then, had just attained the age of puberty. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ was leading the people in prayer at Mina facing no wall. I passed in front of the row and let loose the she-ass for grazing and joined the row and no one objected to my deed.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 861
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 820 (old numbering)

862. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

Once Allah’s Messenger ﷺ delayed the ‘Isha’ prayer till ‘Umar informed him that the women and children had slept. The Prophet ﷺ came out and said, “None except you from amongst the dwellers of earth is waiting for this prayer.” In those days, there was no prayer except in Al-Madina and they used to pray the ‘Isha’ prayer between the disappearance of the twilight and the first third of the night.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 862
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 823 (old numbering)

863. Narrated ‘Abdur Rahman bin ‘Abis:

A person asked Ibn ‘Abbas, “Have you ever presented yourself at the (‘Id) prayer with Allah’s Messenger ﷺ?” He replied, “Yes.” And had it not been for my kinship (position) with the Prophet ﷺ it would not have been possible for me to do so (for he was too young). The Prophet ﷺ went to the mark near the house of Kathir bin As-Salt and delivered a sermon. He then went towards the women. He advised and reminded them and asked them to give alms. So the woman would bring her hand near her neck and take off her necklace and put it in the garment of Bilal. Then the Prophet ﷺ and Bilal came to the house.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 863
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 822 (old numbering)
Chapter 162

Going of women to the mosques at night and in darkness.

باب خُرُوجِ النِّسَاءِ إِلَى الْمَسَاجِدِ بِاللَّيْلِ وَالْغَلَسِ

864. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

Once Allah’s Messenger ﷺ delayed the ‘Isha’ prayer till ‘Umar informed him that the women and children had slept. The Prophet ﷺ came out and said, “None except you from amongst the dwellers of earth is waiting for this prayer.” In those days, there was no prayer except in Al-Madina and they used to pray the ‘Isha’ prayer between the disappearance of the twilight and the first third of the night.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 864
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 821 (old numbering)

865. Narrated Ibn ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “If your women ask permission to go to the mosque at night, allow them.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 865
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 824 (old numbering)
Chapter 163

The waiting of the people for the religious learned Imam to get up (after the prayer to depart).

باب انْتِظَارِ النَّاسِ قِيَامَ الإِمَامِ الْعَالِمِ

866. Narrated Um Salama (radhiyallahu anha):

(the wife of the Prophet ﷺ) In the lifetime of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ the women used to get up when they finished their compulsory prayers with Taslim. The Prophet ﷺ and the men would stay on at their places as long as Allah will. When the Prophet ﷺ got up, the men would then get up.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 866
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 825 (old numbering)

867. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

When Allah’s Messenger ﷺ finished the Fajr prayer, the women would leave covered in their sheets and were not recognized owing to the darkness.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 867
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 826 (old numbering)

868. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Abi Qatada Al-Ansari:

My father said, “Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Whenever I stand for prayer, I want to prolong it but on hearing the cries of a child, I would shorten it as I dislike to put its mother in trouble.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 868
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 827 (old numbering)

869. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

Had Allah’s Messenger ﷺ known what the women were doing, he would have forbidden them from going to the mosque as the women of Bani Israel had been forbidden. Yahya bin Said (a sub-narrator) asked ‘Amra (another sub-narrator), “Were the women of Bani Israel forbidden?” She replied “Yes.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 869
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 828 (old numbering)
Chapter 164

The Salat (prayer) of women behind men.

باب صَلاَةِ النِّسَاءِ خَلْفَ الرِّجَالِ

870. Narrated Um Salama (radhiyallahu anha):

Whenever Allah’s Messenger ﷺ completed the prayer with Taslim, the women used to get up immediately and Allah’s Messenger ﷺ would remain at his place for someone before getting up. (The sub-narrator (Az- Zuhri) said, “We think, and Allah knows better, that he did so, so that the women might leave before men could get in touch with them).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 870
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 829 (old numbering)

871. Narrated Anas (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ prayed in the house of Um Sulaim; and I, along with an orphan stood behind him while Um Sulaim (stood) behind us.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 871
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 830 (old numbering)
Chapter 165

Returning of the women immediately after the Fajr prayer and their staying in the mosque for a short period only.

باب سُرْعَةِ انْصِرَافِ النِّسَاءِ مِنَ الصُّبْحِ، وَقِلَّةِ مَقَامِهِنَّ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ

872. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ used to offer the Fajr prayer when it was still dark and the believing women used to return (after finishing their prayer) and nobody could recognize them owing to darkness, or they could not recognize one another.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 872
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 831 (old numbering)
Chapter 166

A woman shall ask her husband’s permission (on wishing) to go to the mosque.

باب اسْتِئْذَانِ الْمَرْأَةِ زَوْجَهَا بِالْخُرُوجِ إِلَى الْمَسْجِدِ

873. Narrated Salim bin ‘Abdullah:

My father said, “The Prophet ﷺ said, ‘If the wife of any one of you asks permission (to go to the mosque) do not forbid her.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 873
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 12, Hadith 832 (old numbering)

874. Narrated Anas (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ prayed in the house of Um Sulaim; and I, along with an orphan stood behind him while Um Sulaim (stood) behind us.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 874
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 833 (old numbering)

875. Narrated Umm Salama (radhiyallahu anha):

Whenever Allah’s Messenger ﷺ completed the Salat with Taslim, the women used to get up immediately and Allah’s Messenger ﷺ would remain at his place for sometime before getting up. The subnarrator (Az-Zuhri) said, “We think, and Allah knows better, that he did so, so that the women might leave before the men could catch up with them.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 875
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 11, Hadith 833 (old numbering)

No ahadith match your search.

Sahih al-Bukhari: Book 8: Prayers (Salat)

Sahih al-Bukhari · Book 8 of 97

Prayers

كتاب الصلاة · Salat

Hadith 349 – 520161 Ahadith

Chapter 1

How As-Salat (the prayer) was prescribed on the night of Al-Isra’ (miraculous night journey) of the Prophet ﷺ to Jerusalem (and then to the heavens).

باب كَيْفَ فُرِضَتِ الصَّلاَةُ فِي الإِسْرَاءِ

349. Narrated Abu Dhar (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “While I was at Makkah the roof of my house was opened and Gabriel descended, opened my chest, and washed it with Zam-zam water. Then he brought a golden tray full of wisdom and faith and having poured its contents into my chest, he closed it. Then he took my hand and ascended with me to the nearest heaven, when I reached the nearest heaven, Gabriel said to the gatekeeper of the heaven, ‘Open (the gate).’ The gatekeeper asked, ‘Who is it?’ Gabriel answered: ‘Gabriel.’ He asked, ‘Is there anyone with you?’ Gabriel replied, ‘Yes, Muhammad ﷺ I is with me.’ He asked, ‘Has he been called?’ Gabriel said, ‘Yes.’ So the gate was opened and we went over the nearest heaven and there we saw a man sitting with some people on his right and some on his left. When he looked towards his right, he laughed and when he looked toward his left he wept. Then he said, ‘Welcome! O pious Prophet ﷺ and pious son.’ I asked Gabriel, ‘Who is he?’ He replied, ‘He is Adam and the people on his right and left are the souls of his offspring. Those on his right are the people of Paradise and those on his left are the people of Hell and when he looks towards his right he laughs and when he looks towards his left he weeps.’

Then he ascended with me till he reached the second heaven and he (Gabriel) said to its gatekeeper, ‘Open (the gate).’ The gatekeeper said to him the same as the gatekeeper of the first heaven had said and he opened the gate. Anas said: “Abu Dhar added that the Prophet ﷺ met Adam, Idris, Moses, Jesus and Abraham, he (Abu Dhar) did not mention on which heaven they were but he mentioned that he (the Prophet ﷺ ) met Adarn on the nearest heaven and Abraham on the sixth heaven. Anas said, “When Gabriel along with the Prophet ﷺ passed by Idris, the latter said, ‘Welcome! O pious Prophet ﷺ and pious brother.’ The Prophet ﷺ asked, ‘Who is he?’ Gabriel replied, ‘He is Idris.” The Prophet ﷺ added, “I passed by Moses and he said, ‘Welcome! O pious Prophet ﷺ and pious brother.’ I asked Gabriel, ‘Who is he?’ Gabriel replied, ‘He is Moses.’ Then I passed by Jesus and he said, ‘Welcome! O pious brother and pious Prophet ﷺ.’ I asked, ‘Who is he?’ Gabriel replied, ‘He is Jesus.

Then I passed by Abraham and he said, ‘Welcome! O pious Prophet ﷺ and pious son.’ I asked Gabriel, ‘Who is he?’ Gabriel replied, ‘He is Abraham. The Prophet ﷺ added, ‘Then Gabriel ascended with me to a place where I heard the creaking of the pens.” Ibn Hazm and Anas bin Malik said: The Prophet ﷺ said, “Then Allah enjoined fifty prayers on my followers when I returned with this order of Allah, I passed by Moses who asked me, ‘What has Allah enjoined on your followers?’ I replied, ‘He has enjoined fifty prayers on them.’ Moses said, ‘Go back to your Lord (and appeal for reduction) for your followers will not be able to bear it.’ (So I went back to Allah and requested for reduction) and He reduced it to half. When I passed by Moses again and informed him about it, he said, ‘Go back to your Lord as your followers will not be able to bear it.’ So I returned to Allah and requested for further reduction and half of it was reduced. I again passed by Moses and he said to me: ‘Return to your Lord, for your followers will not be able to bear it. So I returned to Allah and He said, ‘These are five prayers and they are all (equal to) fifty (in reward) for My Word does not change.’ I returned to Moses and he told me to go back once again. I replied, ‘Now I feel shy of asking my Lord again.’ Then Gabriel took me till we ” reached Sidrat-il-Muntaha (Lote tree of; the utmost boundry) which was shrouded in colors, indescribable. Then I was admitted into Paradise where I found small (tents or) walls (made) of pearls and its earth was of musk.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 349
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 345 (old numbering)

350. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

the mother of believers: Allah enjoined the prayer when He enjoined it, it was two Rak’at only (in every prayer) both when in residence or on journey. Then the prayers offered on journey remained the same, but (the Rak’at of) the prayers for non-travellers were increased.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 350
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 346 (old numbering)
Chapter 2

It is obligatory to wear clothes while offering As-Salat (the prayers).

باب وُجُوبِ الصَّلاَةِ فِي الثِّيَابِ

351. Narrated Um ‘Atiya (radhiyallahu anha):

We were ordered to bring out our menstruating women and veiled women in the religious gatherings and invocation of Muslims on the two ‘Id festivals. These menstruating women were to keep away from their Musalla. A woman asked, “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ ‘ What about one who does not have a veil?” He said, “Let her share the veil of her companion.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 351
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 347 (old numbering)
Chapter 3

To tie Izar (dress worn below the waist) at one’s back while offering Salat (prayers).

باب عَقْدِ الإِزَارِ عَلَى الْقَفَا فِي الصَّلاَةِ

352. Narrated Muhammad bin Al-Munkadir:

Once Jabir prayed with his Izar tied to his back while his clothes were Lying beside him on a wooden peg. Somebody asked him, “Do you offer your prayer in a single Izar?” He replied, “I did so to show it to a fool like you. Had anyone of us two garments in the life-time of the Prophet ﷺ?”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 352
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 348 (old numbering)

353. Narrated Muhammad bin Al Munkadir:

I saw Jabir bin ‘Abdullah praying in a single garment and he said that he had seen the Prophet ﷺ praying in a single garment.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 353
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 349 (old numbering)
Chapter 4

To offer As-Salat (the prayers) with a single garment wrapped round the body.

باب الصَّلاَةِ فِي الثَّوْبِ الْوَاحِدِ مُلْتَحِفًا بِهِ

354. Narrated ‘Umar bin Abi Salama (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ prayed in one garment and crossed its ends.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 354
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 350 (old numbering)

355. Narrated ‘Umar bin Abi Salama (radhiyallahu anhu):

I saw the Prophet ﷺ offering prayers in a single garment in the house of Um-Salama and he had crossed its ends around his shoulders.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 355
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 351 (old numbering)

356. Narrated ‘Umar bin Abi Salama (radhiyallahu anhu):

In the house of Um-Salama I saw Allah’s Messenger ﷺ offering prayers, wrapped in a single garment around his body with its ends crossed round his shoulders.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 356
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 352 (old numbering)

357. Narrated Abu Murra:

(the freed slave of Um Hani) Um Hani, the daughter of Abi Talib said, “I went to Allah’s Messenger ﷺ in the year of the conquest of Makkah and found him taking a bath and his daughter Fatima was screening him. I greeted him. He asked, ‘Who is she?’ I replied, ‘I am Um Hani bint Abi Talib.’ He said, ‘Welcome! O Um Hani.’ When he finished his bath he stood up and prayed eight Rak at while wearing a single garment wrapped round his body and when he finished I said, ‘O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ ! My brother has told me that he will kill a person whom I gave shelter and that person is so and so the son of Hubaira.’ The Prophet ﷺ said, ‘We shelter the person whom you have sheltered.’ ” Um Ham added, “And that was before noon (Duha).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 357
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 353 (old numbering)

358. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

A person asked Allah’s Messenger ﷺ about the offering of the prayer in a single garment. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ replied, “Has every one of you got two garments?”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 358
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 354 (old numbering)
Chapter 5

If someone offers Salat (prayer) wrapped in a single garment, he should cross its corners round his shoulders.

باب إِذَا صَلَّى فِي الثَّوْبِ الْوَاحِدِ فَلْيَجْعَلْ عَلَى عَاتِقَيْهِ

359. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “None of you should offer prayer in a single garment that does not cover the shoulders.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 359
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 355 (old numbering)

360. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Whoever prays in a single garment must cross its ends (over the shoulders).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 360
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 356 (old numbering)
Chapter 6

If the garment is tight (over the body).

باب إِذَا كَانَ الثَّوْبُ ضَيِّقًا

361. Narrated Said bin Al-Harith:

I asked Jabir bin ‘Abdullah about praying in a single garment. He said, “I travelled with the Prophet ﷺ during some of his journeys, and I came to him at night for some purpose and I found him praying. At that time, I was wearing a single garment with which I covered my shoulders and prayed by his side. When he finished the prayer, he asked, ‘O Jabir! What has brought you here?’ I told him what I wanted. When I finished, he asked, ‘O Jabir! What is this garment which I have seen and with which you covered your shoulders?’ I replied, ‘It is a (tight) garment.’ He said, ‘If the garment is large enough, wrap it round the body (covering the shoulders) and if it is tight (too short) then use it as an Izar (tie it around your waist only.)’ “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 361
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 357 (old numbering)

362. Narrated Sahl (radhiyallahu anhu):

The men used to pray with the Prophet ﷺ with their Izars tied around their necks as boys used to do; therefore the Prophet ﷺ told the women not to raise their heads till the men sat down straight (while praying).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 362
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 358 (old numbering)
Chapter 7

To offer As-Salat (the prayer) in a Syrian cloak (made by infidels).

باب الصَّلاَةِ فِي الْجُبَّةِ الشَّأْمِيَّةِ

363. Narrated Mughira bin Shu’ba (radhiyallahu anhu):

Once I was traveling with the Prophet ﷺ and he said, “O Mughira! take this container of water.” I took it and Allah’s Messenger ﷺ went far away till he disappeared. He answered the call of nature and was wearing a Syrian cloak. He tried to take out his hands from its sleeve but it was very tight so he took out his hands from under it. I poured water and he performed ablution like that for prayers and passed his wet hands over his Khuff (leather socks) and then prayed.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 363
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 359 (old numbering)
Chapter 8

It is disliked to be naked during As-Salat (the prayers).

باب كَرَاهِيَةِ التَّعَرِّي فِي الصَّلاَةِ وَغَيْرِهَا

364. Narrated Jabir bin ‘Abdullah (radhiyallahu anhuma):

While Allah’s Messenger ﷺ was carrying stones (along) with the people of Makkah for (the building of) the Ka’bah wearing an Izar (waist-sheet cover), his uncle Al-‘Abbas said to him, “O my nephew! (It would be better) if you take off your Izar and put it over your shoulders underneath the stones.” So he took off his Izar and put it over his shoulders, but he fell unconscious and since then he had never been seen naked.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 364
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 360 (old numbering)
Chapter 9

To offer Salat (prayer) with a shirt, trousers, a Tubban or a Qaba’ (an outer garment with full length sleeves).

باب الصَّلاَةِ فِي الْقَمِيصِ وَالسَّرَاوِيلِ وَالتُّبَّانِ وَالْقَبَاءِ

365. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

A man stood up and asked the Prophet ﷺ about praying in a single garment. The Prophet ﷺ said, “Has every one of you two garments?” A man put a similar question to ‘Umar on which he replied, “When Allah makes you wealthier then you should clothe yourself properly during prayers. Otherwise one can pray with an Izar and a Rida’ (a sheet covering the upper part of the body.) Izar and a shirt, Izar and a Qaba’, trousers and a Rida, trousers and a shirt or trousers and a Qaba’, Tubban and a Qaba’ or Tubban and a shirt.” (The narrator added, “I think that he also said a Tubban and a Rida. “)

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 365
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 361 (old numbering)

366. Narrated Ibn ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

A person asked Allah’s Messenger ﷺ, “What should a Muhrim wear?” He replied, “He should not wear shirts, trousers, a burnus (a hooded cloak), or clothes which are stained with saffron or Wars (a kind of perfume). Whoever does not find a sandal to wear can wear Khuffs, but these should be cut short so as not to cover the ankles.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 366
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 362 (old numbering)
Chapter 10

What may be used to cover the private parts of the body.

باب مَا يَسْتُرُ مِنَ الْعَوْرَةِ

367. Narrated Abu Sa’id Al-Khudri (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ forbade Ishtimal-As-Samma’ (wrapping one’s body with a garment so that one cannot raise its end or take one’s hand out of it). He also forbade Al-Ihtiba’ (sitting on buttocks with knees close to abdomen and feet apart with the hands circling the knees) while wrapping oneself with a single garment, without having a part of it over the private parts.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 367
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 363 (old numbering)

368. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ forbade two kinds of sales i.e. Al-Limais and An-Nibadh (the former is a kind of sale in which the deal is completed if the buyer touches a thing, without seeing or checking it properly and the latter is a kind of a sale in which the deal is completed when the seller throws a thing towards the buyer giving him no opportunity to see, touch or check it) and (the Prophet ﷺ forbade) also Ishtimal-As-Samma’ and Al-Ihtiba’ in a single garment.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 368
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 364 (old numbering)

369. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

On the Day of Nahr (10th of Dhul-Hijja, in the year prior to the last Hajj of the Prophet ﷺ when Abu Bakr was the leader of the pilgrims in that Hajj) Abu Bakr sent me along with other announcers to Mina to make a public announcement: “No pagan is allowed to perform Hajj after this year and no naked person is allowed to perform the Tawaf around the Ka’bah. Then Allah’s Messenger ﷺ sent ‘All to read out the Surat Bara’a (At-Tauba) to the people; so he made the announcement along with us on the day of Nahr in Mina: “No pagan is allowed to perform Hajj after this year and no naked person is allowed to perform the Tawaf around the Ka’bah.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 369
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 365 (old numbering)
Chapter 11

To pray without a Rida’.

باب الصَّلاَةِ بِغَيْرِ رِدَاءٍ

370. Narrated Muhammad bin Al-Munkadir:

I went to Jabir bin ‘Abdullah and he was praying wrapped in a garment and his Rida was Lying beside him. When he finished the prayers, I said “O ‘Abdullah! You pray (in a single garment) while your Rida’ is lying beside you.” He replied, “Yes, I did it intentionally so that the ignorant ones like you might see me. I saw the Prophet ﷺ praying like this. “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 370
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 366 (old numbering)
Chapter 12

What is said about the thigh.

باب مَا يُذْكَرُ فِي الْفَخِذِ

371. Narrated ‘Abdul ‘Aziz:

Anas said, ‘When Allah’s Messenger ﷺ invaded Khaibar, we offered the Fajr prayer there yearly in the morning) when it was still dark. The Prophet ﷺ rode and Abu Talha rode too and I was riding behind Abu Talha. The Prophet ﷺ passed through the lane of Khaibar quickly and my knee was touching the thigh of the Prophet ﷺ . He uncovered his thigh and I saw the whiteness of the thigh of the Prophet ﷺ. When he entered the town, he said, ‘Allahu Akbar! Khaibar is ruined. Whenever we approach near a (hostile) nation (to fight) then evil will be the morning of those who have been warned.’ He repeated this thrice. The people came out for their jobs and some of them said, ‘Muhammad ﷺ (has come).’ (Some of our companions added, “With his army.”) We conquered Khaibar, took the captives, and the booty was collected. Dihya came and said, ‘O Allah’s Prophet ﷺ! Give me a slave girl from the captives.’ The Prophet ﷺ said, ‘Go and take any slave girl.’ He took Safiya bint Huyai. A man came to the Prophet ﷺ and said, ‘O Allah’s Messengers! You gave Safiya bint Huyai to Dihya and she is the chief mistress of the tribes of Quraiza and An-Nadir and she befits none but you.’ So the Prophet ﷺ said, ‘Bring him along with her.’ So Dihya came with her and when the Prophet ﷺ saw her, he said to Dihya, ‘Take any slave girl other than her from the captives.’ Anas added: The Prophet ﷺ then manumitted her and married her.”

Thabit asked Anas, “O Abu Hamza! What did the Prophet ﷺ pay her (as Mahr)?” He said, “Her self was her Mahr for he manumitted her and then married her.” Anas added, “While on the way, Um Sulaim dressed her for marriage (ceremony) and at night she sent her as a bride to the Prophet ﷺ . So the Prophet ﷺ was a bridegroom and he said, ‘Whoever has anything (food) should bring it.’ He spread out a leather sheet (for the food) and some brought dates and others cooking butter. (I think he (Anas) mentioned As-SawTq). So they prepared a dish of Hais (a kind of meal). And that was Walrma (the marriage banquet) of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ .”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 371
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 367 (old numbering)
Chapter 13

In how many (what sort of) clothes a woman should offer Salat (prayer).

باب فِي كَمْ تُصَلِّي الْمَرْأَةُ فِي الثِّيَابِ

372. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ used to offer the Fajr prayer and some believing women covered with their veiling sheets used to attend the Fajr prayer with him and then they would return to their homes unrecognized.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 372
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 368 (old numbering)
Chapter 14

If a person offered Salat (prayer) in a dress with marks and looked at those marks during the Salat.

باب إِذَا صَلَّى فِي ثَوْبٍ لَهُ أَعْلاَمٌ وَنَظَرَ إِلَى عَلَمِهَا

373. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

the Prophet ﷺ prayed in a Khamisa (a square garment) having marks. During the prayer, he looked at its marks. So when he finished the prayer he said, “Take this Khamisa of mine to Abu Jahm and get me his Inbijaniya (a woolen garment without marks) as it (the Khamisa) has diverted my attention from the prayer.”

Narrated ‘Aishah: The Prophet ﷺ said, ‘I was looking at its (Khamisa’s) marks during the prayers and I was afraid that it may put me in trial (by taking away my attention).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 373
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 369-370 (old numbering)
Chapter 15

If someone offers Salat (prayer) in a garment bearing marks of a cross or pictures, will the Salat be annulled? And what is forbidden thereof.

بَابُ إِنْ صَلَّى فِي ثَوْبٍ مُصَلَّبٍ أَوْ تَصَاوِيرَ هَلْ تَفْسُدُ صَلاَتُهُ وَمَا يُنْهَى عَنْ ذَلِكَ

374. Narrated Anas (radhiyallahu anhu):

‘Aishah had a Qiram (a thin marked woolen curtain) with which he had screened one side of her home. The Prophet ﷺ said, “Take away this Qiram of yours, as its pictures are still displayed in front of me during my prayer (i.e. they divert my attention from the prayer).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 374
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 371 (old numbering)
Chapter 16

Whoever offered Salat (prayer) in a silk Farruj (an outer garment opened at the back) and then took it off.

باب مَنْ صَلَّى فِي فَرُّوجِ حَرِيرٍ ثُمَّ نَزَعَهُ

375. Narrated ‘Uqba bin ‘Amir (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ was given a silken Farruj as a present. He wore it while praying. When he had finished his prayer, he took it off violently as if with a strong aversion to it and said, “It is not the dress of Allah-fearing pious people.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 375
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 372 (old numbering)
Chapter 17

(It is permissible) to offer Salat (prayer) in a red garment.

باب الصَّلاَةِ فِي الثَّوْبِ الأَحْمَرِ

376. Narrated Abu Juhaifa (radhiyallahu anhu):

I saw Allah’s Messenger ﷺ in a red leather tent and I saw Bilal taking the remaining water with which the Prophet ﷺ had performed ablution. I saw the people taking the utilized water impatiently and whoever got some of it rubbed it on his body and those who could not get any took the moisture from the others’ hands. Then I saw Bilal carrying an ‘Anza (a spear-headed stick) which he planted in the ground. The Prophet ﷺ came out tucking up his red cloak, and led the people in prayer and offered two Rak’at (facing the Ka’bah) taking ‘Anza as a Sutra for his prayer. I saw the people and animals passing in front of him beyond the ‘Anza.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 376
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 373 (old numbering)
Chapter 18

(It is permissible) to offer Salat (prayer) on roofs, a pulpit or wood.

باب الصَّلاَةِ فِي السُّطُوحِ وَالْمِنْبَرِ وَالْخَشَبِ

377. Narrated Abu Hazim:

Sahl bin Sa’d was asked about the (Prophet’s ﷺ) pulpit as to what thing it was made of? Sahl replied: “None remains alive amongst the people, who knows about it better than I. It was made of tamarisk (wood) of the forest. So and so, the slave of so and so prepared it for Allah’s Messenger ﷺ . When it was constructed and place (in the Mosque), Allah’s Messenger ﷺ stood on it facing the Qibla and said ‘Allahu Akbar’, and the people stood behind him (and led the people in prayer). He recited and bowed and the people bowed behind him. Then he raised his head and stepped back, got down and prostrated on the ground and then he again ascended the pulpit, recited, bowed, raised his head and stepped back, got down and prostrate on the ground. So, this is what I know about the pulpit.”

Ahmad bin Hanbal said, “As the Prophet ﷺ was at a higher level than the people, there is no harm according to the above-mentioned Hadith if the Imam is at a higher level than his followers during the prayers.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 377
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 374 (old numbering)

378. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

Once Allah’s Messenger ﷺ fell off a horse and his leg or shoulder got injured. He swore that he would not go to his wives for one month and he stayed in a Mashruba (attic room) having stairs made of date palm trunks. So his companions came to visit him, and he led them in prayer sitting, whereas his companions were standing. When he finished the prayer, he said, “Imam is meant to be followed, so when he says ‘Allahu Akbar,’ say ‘Allahu Akbar’ and when he bows, bow and when he prostrates, prostrate and if he prays standing pray, standing. After the 29th day the Prophet ﷺ came down (from the attic room) and the people asked him, “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! You swore that you will not go to your wives for one month.” He said, “The month is 29 days.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 378
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 375 (old numbering)
Chapter 19

If the clothes of a praying person in prostration touched his wife [would that make his Salat (prayer) invalid]?

باب إِذَا أَصَابَ ثَوْبُ الْمُصَلِّي امْرَأَتَهُ إِذَا سَجَدَ

379. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Shaddad:

Maimuna said, “Allah’s Messenger ﷺ was praying while I was in my menses, sitting beside him and sometimes his clothes would touch me during his prostration.” Maimuna added, “He prayed on a Khumra (a small mat sufficient just for the face and the hands while prostrating during prayers).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 379
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 376 (old numbering)
Chapter 20

To offer As-Salat (the prayers) on the Hasir (a mat that is made of the leaves of date-palm trees and is as long as or longer than a man’s stature).

باب الصَّلاَةِ عَلَى الْحَصِيرِ

380. Narrated Ishaq:

Anas bin Malik said, “My grand-mother Mulaika invited Allah’s Messenger ﷺ for a meal which she herself had prepared. He ate from it and said, ‘Get up! I will lead you in the prayer.’ ” Anas added, “I took my Hasir, washed it with water as it had become dark because of long use and Allah’s Messenger ﷺ stood on it. The orphan (Damira or Ruh) and I aligned behind him and the old lady (Mulaika) stood behind us. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ led us in the prayer and offered two Rak’at and then left.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 380
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 377 (old numbering)
Chapter 21

To offer As-Salat (the prayer) on a Khumra (a small mat, hardly sufficient for the face and hands while prostrating during Salat).

باب الصَّلاَةِ عَلَى الْخُمْرَةِ

381. Narrated Maimuna (radhiyallahu anha):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ used to pray on Khumra.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 381
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 378 (old numbering)
Chapter 22

To offer As-Salat (the prayer) on the bed.

باب الصَّلاَةِ عَلَى الْفِرَاشِ

382. Narrated Abu Salama:

‘Aishah the wife of the Prophet ﷺ said, “I used to sleep in front of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ and my legs were opposite his Qibla and in prostration he pushed my legs and I withdrew then and when he stood, I stretched them.’ ‘Aishah added, “In those days the houses were without lights.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 382
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 379 (old numbering)

383. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ prayed while I was lying like a dead body on his family bed between him and his Qibla.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 383
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 380 (old numbering)

384. Narrated ‘Urwa:

The Prophet ﷺ prayed while ‘Aishah was lying between him and his Qibla on the bed on which they used to sleep.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 384
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 381 (old numbering)
Chapter 23

To prostrate on a garment in scorching heat.

باب السُّجُودِ عَلَى الثَّوْبِ فِي شِدَّةِ الْحَرِّ

385. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

We used to pray with the Prophet ﷺ and some of us used to place the ends of their clothes at the place of prostration because of scorching heat.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 385
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 382 (old numbering)
Chapter 24

To offer Salat (prayer) with the shoes on.

باب الصَّلاَةِ فِي النِّعَالِ

386. Narrated Abu Maslama:

Said bin Yazid Al-Azdi: I asked Anas bin Malik whether the Prophet ﷺ had ever, prayed with his shoes on. He replied “Yes.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 386
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 383 (old numbering)
Chapter 25

To offer As-Salat (prayer) wearing Khuff (leather socks).

باب الصَّلاَةِ فِي الْخِفَافِ

387. Narrated Ibrahim:

Hammam bin Al-Harith said, “I saw Jarir bin ‘Abdullah urinating. Then he performed ablution and passed his (wet) hands over his Khuffs, stood up and prayed. He was asked about it. He replied that he had seen the Prophet ﷺ doing the same.” They approved of this narration as Jarir was one of those who embraced Islam very late.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 387
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 384 (old numbering)

388. Narrated Al-Mughira bin Shu’ba (radhiyallahu anhu):

I helped the Prophet ﷺ in performing ablution and he passed his wet hands over his Khuffs and prayed.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 388
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 385l (old numbering)
Chapter 26

If someone does not prostrate properly.

باب إِذَا لَمْ يُتِمَّ السُّجُودَ

389. Narrated Hudhaifa that he saw a person bowing and prostrating imperfectly. When he finished his Salat (prayer), Hudhaifa told him that he had not offered Salat. The subnarrator added, “I think that Hudhaifa also said: Were you to die you would die on a “Sunna” (legal way) other than that of Muhammad ﷺ.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 389
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 385 (old numbering)
Chapter 27

During prostrations one should show his armpits and separate his forearms from his body.

باب يُبْدِي ضَبْعَيْهِ وَيُجَافِي فِي السُّجُودِ

390. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin Malik:

Ibn Buhaina, “When the Prophet ﷺ prayed, he used to separate his arms from his body so widely that the whiteness of his armpits was visible.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 390
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 385u (old numbering)
Chapter 28

Superiority of (praying) facing the Qiblah with the toes toward it as well.

باب فَضْلِ اسْتِقْبَالِ الْقِبْلَةِ

391. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Whoever prays like us and faces our Quibla and eats our slaughtered animals is a Muslim and is under Allah’s and His Messenger’s ﷺ protection. So do not betray Allah by betraying those who are in His protection.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 391
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 386 (old numbering)

392. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “I have been ordered to fight the people till they say: ‘None has the right to be worshipped but Allah.’ And if they say so, pray like our prayers, face our Qibla and slaughter as we slaughter, then their blood and property will be sacred to us and we will not interfere with them except legally and their reckoning will be with Allah.” Narrated Maimun ibn Siyah that he asked Anas bin Malik, “O Abu Hamza! What makes the life and property of a person sacred?” He replied, “Whoever says, ‘None has the right to be worshipped but Allah’, faces our Qibla during the prayers, prays like us and eats our slaughtered animal, then he is a Muslim, and has got the same rights and obligations as other Muslims have.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 392
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 387 (old numbering)

393. Narrated Maimun bin Siyah that he asked Anas bin Malik, “O Abu Hamza! What makes the life and property of a person sacred?” He replied, “Whoever says: “La ilaha illallah” (none has the right to be worshipped but Allah), faces our Qiblah (Ka’bah at Makkah) during the prayers, offers prayers like us and eats our slaughtered animal, then he is a Muslim, and has got the same rights and obligations as other Muslims have.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 393
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 387 (old numbering)
Chapter 29

The Qiblah for the people of Al-Madina, Sham and the East.

باب قِبْلَةِ أَهْلِ الْمَدِينَةِ وَأَهْلِ الشَّأْمِ وَالْمَشْرِقِ

394. Narrated Abu Aiyub Al-Ansari (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “While defecating, neither face nor turn your back to the Qibla but face either east or west.” Abu Aiyub added. “When we arrived in Sham we came across some lavatories facing the Qibla; therefore we turned ourselves while using them and asked for Allah’s forgiveness.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 394
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 388 (old numbering)
Chapter 30

The Statement of Allah: “… And take you (people) the Maqam (place) of Ibrahim (Abraham) (or the stone on which Ibrahim stood while he was building the Ka’bah) as a place of prayer (for some of your Salat e.g., two Rak’a after the Tawaf of Ka’bah)…” (V.2:125).

بَابُ قَوْلِ اللَّهِ تَعَالَى: {وَاتَّخِذُوا مِنْ مَقَامِ إِبْرَاهِيمَ مُصَلًّى}

395. Narrated ‘Amr bin Dmar:

I asked Ibn ‘Umar, “Can a person who has performed the Tawaf around the Ka’bah for ‘Umra but has not performed the (Sa’i) Tawaf of Safa and Marwa, have a sexual relation with his wife?” Ibn ‘Umar replied “When the Prophet ﷺ reached Makkah he performed the Tawaf around the Ka’bah (circumambulated it seven times) and offered a two-Rak’at prayer (at the place) behind the station (of Abraham) and then performed the Tawaf (Sa’i) of Safa and Marwa, and verily in Allah’s Messenger ﷺ you have a good example.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 395
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 389 (old numbering)

396. Then we put the same question to Jabir bin ‘Abdullah and he too replied, “He should not go near his wife (for sexual relation) till he has finished the Tawaf of Safa and Marwa.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 396
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 389 (old numbering)

397. Narrated Mujahid:

Someone came to Ibn ‘Umar and said, “Here is Allah’s Messenger ﷺ entering the Ka’bah.” Ibn ‘Umar said, “I went there but the Prophet ﷺ had come out of the Ka’bah and I found Bilal standing between its two doors. I asked Bilal, ‘Did the Prophet ﷺ pray in the Ka’bah?’ Bilal replied, ‘Yes, he prayed two Rak’at between the two pillars which are to your left on entering the Ka’bah. Then Allah’s Messenger ﷺ came out and offered a two-Rak’at prayer facing the Ka’bah.’ “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 397
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 390 (old numbering)

398. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

When the Prophet ﷺ entered the Ka’bah, he invoked Allah in each and every side of it and did not pray till he came out of it, and offered a two-Rak’at prayer facing the Ka’bah and said, “This is the Qibla.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 398
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 391 (old numbering)
Chapter 31

[During the obligatory Salat (prayers)] one should face the Qiblah (Ka’bah at Makkah) wherever one may be.

باب التَّوَجُّهِ نَحْوَ الْقِبْلَةِ حَيْثُ كَانَ

399. Narrated Bara’ bin ‘Azib (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ prayed facing Baitul-Maqdis for sixteen or seventeen months but he loved to face the Ka’bah (at Makkah) so Allah revealed: “Verily, We have seen the turning of your face to the heaven!” (2:144) So the Prophet ﷺ faced the Ka’bah and the fools amongst the people namely “the Jews” said, “What has turned them from their Qibla (Bait-ul-Maqdis) which they formerly observed”” (Allah revealed): “Say: ‘To Allah belongs the East and the West. He guides whom he will to a straight path’.” (2:142) A man prayed with the Prophet ﷺ (facing the Ka’bah) and went out. He saw some of the Ansar praying the ‘Asr prayer with their faces towards Bait-ul-Maqdis, he said, “I bear witness that I prayed with Allah’s Messenger ﷺ facing the Ka’bah.” So all the people turned their faces towards the Ka’bah.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 399
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 392 (old numbering)

400. Narrated Jabir (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ used to pray (optional, non-obligatory prayer) while riding on his mount (Rahila) wherever it turned, and whenever he wanted to pray the compulsory prayer he dismounted and prayed facing the Qibla.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 400
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 393 (old numbering)

401. Narrated ‘Abdullah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ prayed (and the subnarrator Ibrahim said, “I do not know whether he prayed more or less than usual”), and when he had finished the prayers he was asked, “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! Has there been any change in the prayers?” He said, “What is it?’ The people said, “You have prayed so much and so much.” So the Prophet ﷺ bent his legs, faced the Qibla and performed two prostrations (of Sahu) and finished his prayers with Tasiim (by turning his face to right and left saying: ‘As-Salamu’Alaikum-Warahmat-ullah’). When he turned his face to us he said, “If there had been anything changed in the prayer, surely I would have informed you but I am a human being like you and liable to forget like you. So if I forget remind me and if anyone of you is doubtful about his prayer, he should follow what he thinks to be correct and complete his prayer accordingly and finish it and do two prostrations (of Sahu).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 401
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 394 (old numbering)
Chapter 32

What has been said about (facing) the Qiblah (Ka’bah at Makkah) and whoever considered that there was no need to repeat the Salat (prayer) if someone offered prayers by mistake facing a direction other than that of the Qiblah.

بَابُ مَا جَاءَ فِي الْقِبْلَةِ، وَمَنْ لاَ يَرَى الإِعَادَةَ عَلَى مَنْ سَهَا فَصَلَّى إِلَى غَيْرِ الْقِبْلَةِ

402. Narrated ‘Umar (bin Al-Khattab) (radhiyallahu anhu):

My Lord agreed with me in three things:

1. I said,”O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ, I wish we took the station of Abraham as our praying place (for some of our prayers). So came the Divine Inspiration: And take you (people) the station of Abraham as a place of prayer (for some of your prayers e.g. two Rak’at of Tawaf of Ka’bah)”. (2.125)

2. And as regards the (verse of) the veiling of the women, I said, ‘O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! I wish you ordered your wives to cover themselves from the men because good and bad ones talk to them.’ So the verse of the veiling of the women was revealed.

3. Once the wives of the Prophet ﷺ made a united front against the Prophet ﷺ and I said to them, ‘It may be if he (the Prophet ﷺ) divorced you, (all) that his Lord (Allah) will give him instead of you wives better than you.’ So this verse (the same as I had said) was revealed.” (66.5).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 402
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 395 (old numbering)

402b. Narrated Anas (radhiyallahu anhu):

as above (395).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 402b
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 396 (old numbering)

403. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

While the people were offering the Fajr prayer at Quba (near Al-Madina), someone came to them and said: “It has been revealed to Allah’s Messenger ﷺ tonight, and he has been ordered to pray facing the Ka’bah.” So turn your faces to the Ka’bah. Those people were facing Sham (Jerusalem) so they turned their faces towards Ka’bah (at Makkah).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 403
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 397 (old numbering)

404. Narrated ‘Abdullah (radhiyallahu anhu):

“Once the Prophet ﷺ offered five Rak’at in Zuhr prayer. He was asked, “Is there an increase in the prayer?” The Prophet ﷺ said, “And what is it?” They said, “You have prayed five Rak’at.’ So he bent his legs and performed two prostrations (of Sahu).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 404
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 398 (old numbering)
Chapter 33

To scrape off the sputum from the mosque with the hand (using some tool or other, or using no tool).

باب حَكِّ الْبُزَاقِ بِالْيَدِ مِنَ الْمَسْجِدِ

405. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ saw some sputum in the direction of the Qibla (on the wall of the mosque) and he disliked that and the sign of disgust was apparent from his face. So he got up and scraped it off with his hand and said, “Whenever anyone of you stands for the prayer, he is speaking in private to his Lord or his Lord is between him and his Qibla. So, none of you should spit in the direction of the Qibla but one can spit to the left or under his foot.” The Prophet ﷺ then took the corner of his sheet and spat in it and folded it and said, “Or you can do like this. “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 405
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 399 (old numbering)

406. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ saw sputum on the wall of the mosque in the direction of the Qibla and scraped it off. He faced the people and said, “Whenever any one of you is praying, he should not spit in front of him because in the prayer Allah is in front of him.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 406
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 400 (old numbering)

407. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

(the mother of faithful believers) Allah’s Messenger ﷺ saw some nasal secretions, expectoration or sputum on the wall of the mosque in the direction of the Qibla and scraped it off.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 407
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 401 (old numbering)
Chapter 34

To scrape the nasal secretion off the mosque with gravel.

باب حَكِّ الْمُخَاطِ بِالْحَصَى مِنَ الْمَسْجِدِ

408, 409. Narrated Abd Huraira and Abu Sa’id (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ saw some expectoration on the wall of the mosque; he took gravel and scraped it off and said, “If anyone of you wanted to spit he should neither spit in front of him nor on his right but he could spit either on his left or under his left foot.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 408, 409
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 402 (old numbering)
Chapter 35

It is forbidden to spit on the right side while in Salat (prayers).

باب لاَ يَبْصُقْ عَنْ يَمِينِهِ، فِي الصَّلاَةِ

410, 411. Narrated Abd Huraira and Abu Sa’id (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ saw some expectoration on the wall of the mosque; he took gravel and scraped it off and said, “If anyone of you wanted to spit, he should neither spit in front of him nor on his right but could spit either on his left or under his left foot.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 410, 411
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 403 (old numbering)

412. Narrated Anas (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “None of you should spit in front or on his right but he could spit either on his left or under his foot.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 412
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 404 (old numbering)
Chapter 36

One should spit on the left side or under one’s left foot.

باب لِيَبْزُقْ عَنْ يَسَارِهِ، أَوْ تَحْتَ قَدَمِهِ الْيُسْرَى

413. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “A faithful believer while in prayer is speaking in private to his Lord, so he should neither spit in front of him nor to his right side but he could spit either on his left or under his foot.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 413
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 405 (old numbering)

414. Narrated Abu Sa’id (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ saw sputum on (the wall of) the mosque in the direction of the Qibla and scraped it off with gravel. Then he forbade Spitting in front or on the right, but allowed it on one’s left or under one’s left foot.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 414
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 406 (old numbering)
Chapter 37

The expiation for spitting in the mosque.

باب كَفَّارَةِ الْبُزَاقِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ

415. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “Spitting in the mosque is a sin and its expiation is to bury it.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 415
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 407 (old numbering)
Chapter 38

The burying of the expectoration in the mosque.

باب دَفْنِ النُّخَامَةِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ

416. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Prophet ﷺ said, “If anyone of you stands for prayer, he should not spit in front of him because in prayer he is speaking in private to Allah and he should not spit on his right as there is an angel, but he can spit either on his left or under his left foot and bury it (i.e. expectoration).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 416
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 408 (old numbering)
Chapter 39

If the spit or sputum comes out suddenly then one should spit in the corner of one’s garment.

باب إِذَا بَدَرَهُ الْبُزَاقُ فَلْيَأْخُذْ بِطَرَفِ ثَوْبِهِ

417. Narrated Anas (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ saw expectoration (on the wall of the mosque) in the direction of the Qibla and scraped it off with his hand. It seemed that he disliked it and the sign of disgust was apparent from his face. He said, “If anyone of you stands for the prayer, he is speaking in private to his Lord, (or) his Lord is between him and his Qibla, therefore he should not spit towards his Qibla, but he could spit either on his left or under his foot.” Then he took the corner of his sheet and spat in it, folded it and said, “Or do like this.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 417
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 409 (old numbering)
Chapter 40

Preaching of the Imam to the people regarding the proper offering of As-Salat (the prayer) and the mention of the Qiblah (Ka’bah at Makkah).

باب عِظَةِ الإِمَامِ النَّاسَ فِي إِتْمَامِ الصَّلاَةِ، وَذِكْرِ الْقِبْلَةِ

418. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Do you consider or see that my face is towards the Qibla? By Allah, neither your submissiveness nor your bowing is hidden from me, surely I see you from my back.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 418
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 410 (old numbering)

419. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ led us in a prayer and then got up on the pulpit and said, “In your prayer and bowing, I certainly see you from my back as I see you (while looking at you.)”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 419
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 411 (old numbering)
Chapter 41

It is permissible to say, “Masjid (mosque) of Bani so-and-so?”

باب هَلْ يُقَالُ مَسْجِدُ بَنِي فُلاَنٍ

420. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ ordered for a horse race; the trained horses were to run from a place called Al-Hafya’ to Thaniyat Al-Wada’ and the horses which were not trained were to run from Al-Thaniya to the Masjid (mosque of) Bani Zuraiq. The sub narrator added: Ibn ‘Umar was one of those who took part in the race.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 420
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 412 (old numbering)
Chapter 42

The distribution (of goods or wealth) and the hanging of a cluster of dates in the mosque.

باب الْقِسْمَةِ وَتَعْلِيقِ الْقِنْوِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ

421. Narrated Anas (radhiyallahu anhu):

Some goods came to Allah’s Messenger ﷺ from Bahrain. The Prophet ﷺ ordered the people to spread them in the mosque –it was the biggest amount of goods Allah’s Messenger ﷺ had ever received. He left for prayer and did not even look at it. After finishing the prayer, he sat by those goods and gave from those to everybody he saw. Al-‘Abbas came to him and said, “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! give me (something) too, because I gave ransom for myself and ‘Aqil” Allah’s Messenger ﷺ told him to take. So he stuffed his garment with it and tried to carry it away but he failed to do so. He said, “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! Order someone to help me in lifting it.” The Prophet ﷺ refused. He then said to the Prophet ﷺ: Will you please help me to lift it?” Allah’s Messenger ﷺ refused. Then Al-‘Abbas threw some of it and tried to lift it (but failed). He again said, “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ Order someone to help me to lift it.” He refused. Al-‘Abbas then said to the Prophet ﷺ: “Will you please help me to lift it?” He again refused. Then Al-‘Abbas threw some of it, and lifted it on his shoulders and went away. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ kept on watching him till he disappeared from his sight and was astonished at his greediness. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ did not get up till the last coin was distributed.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 421
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 413 (old numbering)
Chapter 43

Receiving an invitation to dinner in the mosque and accepting it.

باب مَنْ دَعَا لِطَعَامٍ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ وَمَنْ أَجَابَ فِيهِ

422. Narrated Anas (radhiyallahu anhu):

I found the Prophet ﷺ in the mosque along with some people. He said to me, “Did Abu Talha send you?” I said, “Yes”. He said, “For a meal?” I said, “Yes.” Then he said to his companions, “Get up.” They set out and I was ahead of them.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 422
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 414 (old numbering)
Chapter 44

To give the judicial verdicts in the mosque and to perform the Al-Li’an between men and women (husbands and wives) there.

باب الْقَضَاءِ وَاللِّعَانِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ بَيْنَ الرِّجَالِ وَالنِّسَاءِ

423. Narrated Sahl bin Sa’d (radhiyallahu anhu):

A man said, “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! If a man finds another man with his wife, (committing adultery) should the husband kill him?” Later on I saw them (the man and his wife) doing Lian in the mosque.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 423
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 415 (old numbering)
Chapter 45

If someone enters a house, should he offer prayers where he likes, or as he is told? And he should not look out to seek information about the place or do spying.

باب إِذَا دَخَلَ بَيْتًا يُصَلِّي حَيْثُ شَاءَ، أَوْ حَيْثُ أُمِرَ، وَلاَ يَتَجَسَّسُ

424. Narrated ‘Itban bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ came to my house and said, “Where do you like me to pray?” I pointed to a place. The Prophet ﷺ then said, “Allahu Akbar”, and we aligned behind him and he offered a two-Rak’at prayer.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 424
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 416 (old numbering)
Chapter 46

About (taking) the mosques in the houses.

باب الْمَسَاجِدِ فِي الْبُيُوتِ

425. Narrated ‘Itban bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

who was one of the companions of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ and one of the Ansar’s who took part in the battle of Badr: I came to Allah’s Messenger ﷺ and said, “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ I have weak eyesight and I lead my people in prayers. When it rains the water flows in the valley between me and my people so I cannot go to their mosque to lead them in prayer. O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! I wish you would come to my house and pray in it so that I could take that place as a Musalla. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said. “Allah willing, I will do so.” Next day after the sun rose high, Allah’s Messenger ﷺ and Abu Bakr came and Allah’s Messenger ﷺ asked for permission to enter. I gave him permission and he did not sit on entering the house but said to me, “Where do you like me to pray?” I pointed to a place in my house. So Allah’s Messenger ﷺ stood there and said, ‘Allahu Akbar’, and we all got up and aligned behind him and offered a two-Rak’at prayer and ended it with Taslim. We requested him to stay for a meal called “Khazira” which we had prepared for him. Many members of our family gathered in the house and one of them said, “Where is Malik bin Al-Dukhaishin or Ibn Al-Dukhshun?” One of them replied, “He is a hypocrite and does not love Allah and His Messenger ﷺ.” Hearing that, Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Do not say so. Haven’t you seen that he said, ‘None has the right to be worshipped but Allah’ for Allah’s sake only?” He said, “Allah and His Messenger ﷺ know better. We have seen him helping and advising hypocrites.”

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Allah has forbidden the (Hell) fire for those who say, ‘None has the right to be worshipped but Allah’ for Allah’s sake only.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 425
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 417 (old numbering)
Chapter 47

While entering the mosque etc., one should start with the right foot.

باب التَّيَمُّنِ فِي دُخُولِ الْمَسْجِدِ وَغَيْرِهِ

426. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

The Prophet ﷺ used to start every thing from the right (for good things) whenever it was possible in all his affairs; for example: in washing, combing or wearing shoes.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 426
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 418 (old numbering)
Chapter 48

Is it permissible to dig the graves of pagans of the Period of Ignorance, and to use that place as a mosque?

بَابُ هَلْ تُنْبَشُ قُبُورُ مُشْرِكِي الْجَاهِلِيَّةِ، وَيُتَّخَذُ مَكَانَهَا مَسَاجِدَ

427. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

Um Habiba and Um Salama mentioned about a church they had seen in Ethiopia in which there were pictures. They told the Prophet ﷺ about it, on which he said, “If any religious man dies amongst those people they would build a place of worship at his grave and make these pictures in it. They will be the worst creature in the sight of Allah on the Day of Resurrection.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 427
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 419 (old numbering)

428. Narrated Anas (radhiyallahu anhu):

When the Prophet ﷺ arrived Al-Madina he dismounted at ‘Awali-i-Al-Madina amongst a tribe called Banu ‘Amr bin ‘Auf. He stayed there For fourteen nights. Then he sent for Bani An-Najjar and they came armed with their swords. As if I am looking (just now) as the Prophet ﷺ was sitting over his Rahila (Mount) with Abu Bakr riding behind him and all Banu An-Najjar around him till he dismounted at the courtyard of Abu Aiyub’s house. The Prophet ﷺ loved to pray wherever the time for the prayer was due even at sheep-folds. Later on he ordered that a mosque should be built and sent for some people of Banu-An-Najjar and said, “O Banu An-Najjar! Suggest to me the price of this (walled) piece of land of yours.” They replied, “No! By Allah! We do not demand its price except from Allah.” Anas added: There were graves of pagans in it and some of it was unleveled and there were some date-palm trees in it. The Prophet ﷺ ordered that the graves of the pagans be dug out and the unleveled land be level led and the date-palm trees be cut down. (So all that was done). They aligned these cut date-palm trees towards the Qibla of the mosque (as a wall) and they also built two stone side-walls (of the mosque). His companions brought the stones while reciting some poetic verses. The Prophet ﷺ was with them and he kept on saying, “There is no goodness except that of the Hereafter, O Allah! So please forgive the Ansars and the emigrants. “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 428
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 420 (old numbering)
Chapter 49

To offer As-Salat (the prayer) in a sheep-fold.

باب الصَّلاَةِ فِي مَرَابِضِ الْغَنَمِ

429. Narrated Abu Al-Taiyah:

Anas said, “The Prophet ﷺ prayed in the sheep fold.” Later on I heard him saying, “He prayed in the sheep folds before the construction of the, mosque.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 429
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 421 (old numbering)
Chapter 50

To offer As-Salat (the prayer) in the camel-yards (the places where the camels are stationed).

باب الصَّلاَةِ فِي مَوَاضِعِ الإِبِلِ

430. Narrated Nafi:

“I saw Ibn ‘Umar praying while taking his camel as a Sutra in front of him and he said, “I saw the Prophet ﷺ doing the same.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 430
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 422 (old numbering)
Chapter 51

Whoever offered Salat (prayer) with furnace or fire or any other worshipable thing in front of him but he intended Salat solely for Allah.

باب مَنْ صَلَّى وَقُدَّامَهُ تَنُّورٌ أَوْ نَارٌ أَوْ شَىْءٌ مِمَّا يُعْبَدُ، فَأَرَادَ بِهِ اللَّهَ

431. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The sun eclipsed and Allah’s Messenger ﷺ offered the eclipse prayer and said, “I have been shown the Hellfire (now) and I never saw a worse and horrible sight than the sight I have seen today.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 431
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 423 (old numbering)
Chapter 52

The dislikeness of offering As-Salat (the prayers) in grave-yards.

باب كَرَاهِيَةِ الصَّلاَةِ فِي الْمَقَابِرِ

432. Narrated Ibn ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The Prophet ﷺ had said, “Offer some of your prayers (Nawafil) at home, and do not take your houses as graves.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 432
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 424 (old numbering)
Chapter 53

(What is said about) offering Salat (prayer) at the places where the earth had sunk down and Allah’s punishment had fallen.

باب الصَّلاَةِ فِي مَوَاضِعِ الْخَسْفِ وَالْعَذَابِ

433. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “Do not enter (the places) of these people where Allah’s punishment had fallen unless you do so weeping. If you do not weep, do not enter (the places of these people) because Allah’s curse and punishment which fell upon them may fall upon you.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 433
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 425 (old numbering)
Chapter 54

To offer As-Salat (the prayer) in a church or in a temple etc.

باب الصَّلاَةِ فِي الْبِيعَةِ

434. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

Um Salama told Allah’s Messenger ﷺ about a church which she had seen in Ethiopia and which was called Mariya. She told him about the pictures which she had seen in it. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “If any righteous pious man dies amongst them, they would build a place of worship at his grave and make these pictures in it; they are the worst creatures in the sight of Allah.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 434
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 426 (old numbering)

435, 436. Narrated ‘Aishah and ‘Abdullah bin ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhum):

When the last moment of the life of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ came he started putting his ‘Khamisa’ on his face and when he felt hot and short of breath he took it off his face and said, “May Allah curse the Jews and Christians for they built the places of worship at the graves of their Prophets.” The Prophet ﷺ was warning (Muslims) of what those had done.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 435, 436
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 427 (old numbering)

437. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “May Allah’s curse be on the Jews for they built the places of worship at the graves of their Prophets.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 437
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 428 (old numbering)
Chapter 56

The saying of the Prophet ﷺ, “The earth has been made for me a Masjid (place for praying) and a thing to purify (to perform Tayammum).”

باب قَوْلِ النَّبِيِّ صلى الله عليه وسلم ” جُعِلَتْ لِيَ الأَرْضُ مَسْجِدًا وَطَهُورًا “

438. Narrated Jabir bin ‘Abdullah (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “I have been given five things which were not given to any amongst the Prophets before me. These are:

1. Allah made me victorious by awe (by His frightening my enemies) for a distance of one month’s journey.

2. The earth has been made for me (and for my followers) a place for praying and a thing to perform Tayammum. Therefore my followers can pray wherever the time of a prayer is due.

3. The booty has been made Halal (lawful) for me (and was not made so for anyone else).

4. Every Prophet used to be sent to his nation exclusively but I have been sent 1o all mankind.

5. I have been given the right of intercession (on the Day of Resurrection.)

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 438
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 429 (old numbering)
Chapter 57

Sleeping of a woman in the mosque (and residing in it).

باب نَوْمِ الْمَرْأَةِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ

439. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

There was a black slave girl belonging to an ‘Arab tribe and they manumitted her but she remained with them. The slave girl said, “Once one of their girls (of that tribe) came out wearing a red leather scarf decorated with precious stones. It fell from her or she placed it somewhere. A kite passed by that place, saw it Lying there and mistaking it for a piece of meat, flew away with it. Those people searched for it but they did not find it. So they accused me of stealing it and started searching me and even searched my private parts.” The slave girl further said, “By Allah! while I was standing (in that state) with those people, the same kite passed by them and dropped the red scarf and it fell amongst them. I told them, ‘This is what you accused me of and I was innocent and now this is it.’ ” ‘Aishah added: That slave girl came to Allah’s Messenger ﷺ and embraced Islam. She had a tent or a small room with a low roof in the mosque. Whenever she called on me, she had a talk with me and whenever she sat with me, she would recite the following: “The day of the scarf (band) was one of the wonders of our Lord, verily He rescued me from the disbelievers’ town. ‘Aishah added: “Once I asked her, ‘What is the matter with you? Whenever you sit with me, you always recite these poetic verses.’ On that she told me the whole story. “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 439
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 430 (old numbering)
Chapter 58

Sleeping of men in the mosque.

باب نَوْمِ الرِّجَالِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ

440. Narrated Naf’a:

‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said: I used to sleep in the mosque of the Prophet ﷺ while I was young and unmarried.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 440
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 431 (old numbering)

441. Narrated Sahl bin Sa’d (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ went to Fatima’s house but did not find ‘Ali there. So he asked, “Where is your cousin?” She replied, “There was something between us and he got angry with me and went out. He did not sleep (mid-day nap) in the house.” Allah’s Messenger ﷺ asked a person to look for him. That person came and said, “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! He (‘Ali) is sleeping in the mosque.” Allah’s Messenger ﷺ went there and ‘Ali was lying. His upper body cover had fallen down to one side of his body and he was covered with dust. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ started cleaning the dust from him saying: “Get up! O Aba Turab. Get up! O Aba Turab (literally means: O father of dust).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 441
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 432 (old numbering)

442. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

I saw seventy of As-Suffa men and none of them had a Rida’ (a garment covering the upper part of the body). They had either Izars (only) or sheets which they tied round their necks. Some of these sheets reached the middle of their legs and some reached their heels and they used to gather them with their hands lest their private parts should become naked.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 442
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 433 (old numbering)
Chapter 59

To offer As-Salat (the prayer) when returning from a journey.

باب الصَّلاَةِ إِذَا قَدِمَ مِنْ سَفَرٍ

443. Narrated Jabir bin ‘Abdullah (radhiyallahu anhuma):

I went to the Prophet ﷺ in the mosque (the sub-narrator Mas’ar thought that Jabir had said, “In the forenoon.”) He ordered me to pray two Rak’at. He owed me some money and he repaid it to me and gave more than what was due to me.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 443
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 434 (old numbering)
Chapter 60

If one entered a mosque, one should offer two Rak’a (Tahayyat-al-Masjid) before sitting.

باب إِذَا دَخَلَ الْمَسْجِدَ فَلْيَرْكَعْ رَكْعَتَيْنِ

444. Narrated Abu Qatada Al-Aslami (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “If anyone of you enters a mosque, he should pray two Rak’at before sitting.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 444
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 435 (old numbering)
Chapter 61

Al-Hadath (passing wind) in the mosque.

باب الْحَدَثِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ

445. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “The angels keep on asking Allah’s forgiveness for anyone of you, as long as he is at his Mu,salla (praying place) and he does not pass wind (Hadath). They say, ‘O Allah! Forgive him, O Allah! be Merciful to him.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 445
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 436 (old numbering)
Chapter 62

The construction of (the Prophet’s ﷺ) mosque.

باب بُنْيَانِ الْمَسْجِدِ

446. Narrated ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

In the life-time of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ the mosque was built of adobes, its roof of the leaves of date-palms and its pillars of the stems of date-palms. Abu Bakr did not alter it. ‘Umar expanded it on the same pattern as it was in the lifetime of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ by using adobes, leaves of date-palms and changing the pillars into wooden ones. ‘Uthman changed it by expanding it to a great extent and built its walls with engraved stones and lime and made its pillars of engraved stones and its roof of teak wood.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 446
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 437 (old numbering)
Chapter 63

To co-operate in building a mosque.

باب التَّعَاوُنِ فِي بِنَاءِ الْمَسْجِدِ

447. Narrated ‘Ikrima:

Ibn ‘Abbas said to me and to his son ‘Ali, “Go to Abu Sa’id and listen to what he narrates.” So we went and found him in a garden looking after it. He picked up his Rida’, wore it and sat down and started narrating till the topic of the construction of the mosque reached. He said, “We were carrying one adobe at a time while ‘Ammar was carrying two. The Prophet ﷺ saw him and started removing the dust from his body and said, “May Allah be Merciful to ‘Ammar. He will be inviting them (i.e. his murderers, the rebellious group) to Paradise and they will invite him to Hell-fire.” ‘Ammar said, “I seek refuge with Allah from affliction.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 447
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 438 (old numbering)
Chapter 64

Employing the carpenter and the technical hand (artisan) in making the wooden pulpit or building the mosque.

باب الاِسْتِعَانَةِ بِالنَّجَّارِ وَالصُّنَّاعِ فِي أَعْوَادِ الْمِنْبَرِ وَالْمَسْجِدِ

448. Narrated Sahl (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ sent someone to a woman telling her to “Order her slave, carpenter, to prepare a wooden pulpit for him to sit on.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 448
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 439 (old numbering)

449. Narrated Jabir (radhiyallahu anhuma):

A woman said, “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! Shall I get something constructed for you to sit on as I have a slave who is a carpenter?” He replied, “Yes, if you like.” So she had that pulpit constructed.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 449
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 440 (old numbering)
Chapter 65

(The superiority of) whoever built a mosque.

باب مَنْ بَنَى مَسْجِدًا

450. Narrated ‘Ubdaidullah Al-Khaulani:

I heard ‘Uthman bin ‘Affan saying, when people argued too much about his intention to reconstruct the mosque of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ, “You have talked too much. I heard the Prophet ﷺ saying, ‘Whoever built a mosque, (Bukair thought that ‘Asim, another subnarrator, added, “Intending Allah’s Pleasure”), Allah would build for him a similar place in Paradise.’ “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 450
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 441 (old numbering)
Chapter 66

While passing through a mosque, (one should better) hold the arrowheads (with the hand).

باب يَأْخُذُ بِنُصُولِ النَّبْلِ إِذَا مَرَّ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ

451. Narrated ‘Amr:

I heard Jabir bin ‘Abdullah saying, “A man passed through the mosque carrying arrows. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said to him, ‘Hold them by their heads.’ “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 451
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 442 (old numbering)
Chapter 67

Passing through a mosque (is permissible).

باب الْمُرُورِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ

452. Narrated Abu Burda bin ‘Abdulla:

(on the authority of his father) The Prophet ﷺ said, “Whoever passes through our mosques or markets with arrows should hold them by their heads lest he should injure a Muslim.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 452
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 443 (old numbering)
Chapter 68

(What is said about) reciting poetry in the mosque?

باب الشِّعْرِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ

453. Narrated Hassan bin Thabit Al-Ansari (radhiyallahu anhu):

I asked Abu Hurairah “By Allah! Tell me the truth whether you heard the Prophet ﷺ saying, ‘O Hassan! Reply on behalf of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ. O Allah! Help him with the Holy Spirit.” Abu Hurairah said, “Yes. “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 453
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 444 (old numbering)
Chapter 69

The presence of spearmen (with their spears) in the mosque (is permissible).

باب أَصْحَابِ الْحِرَابِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ

454. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

Once I saw Allah’s Messenger ﷺ at the door of my house while some Ethiopians were playing in the mosque (displaying their skill with spears). Allah’s Messenger ﷺ was screening me with his Rida’ so as to enable me to see their display.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 454
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 445 (old numbering)

455. (‘Urwa said that ‘Aishah said, “I saw the Prophet ﷺ and the Ethiopians were playing with their spears.”)

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 455
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 445 (old numbering)
Chapter 70

Mentioning about sales and purchases on the pulpit in the mosque.

باب ذِكْرِ الْبَيْعِ وَالشِّرَاءِ عَلَى الْمِنْبَرِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ

456. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

Barira came to seek my help regarding her manumission. I told herself you like I would pay your price to your masters but your Al-Wala(1) would be for me.” Her masters said, “If you like, you can pay what remains (of the price of her manumission), (Sufyan the sub-narrator once said), or if you like you can manumit her, but her (inheritance) Al-Wala would be for us. “When Allah’s Messenger ﷺ came, I spoke to him about it. He said, “Buy her and manumit her. No doubt Al-Wala(1) is for the manumitted.” Then Allah’s Messenger ﷺ stood on the pulpit (or Allah’s Messenger ﷺ ascended the pulpit as Sufyan once said), and said, “What about some people who impose conditions which are not present in Allah’s Book (Laws)? Whoever imposes conditions which are not in Allah’s Book (Laws), his conditions will be invalid even if he imposed them a hundred times.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 456
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 446 (old numbering)
Chapter 71

Asking a debtor to repay what he owes, and catching the debtor in the mosque.

باب التَّقَاضِي وَالْمُلاَزَمَةِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ

457. Narrated Ka’b (radhiyallahu anhu):

In the mosque I asked Ibn Abi Hadrad to pay the debts which he owed to me and our voices grew louder. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ heard that while he was in his house. So he came to us raising the curtain of his room and said, “O Ka’b!” I replied, “Labaik, O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ!” He said, “O Ka’b! reduce your debt to one half,” gesturing with his hand. I said, “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! I have done so.” Then Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said (to Ibn Abi Hadrad), “Get up and pay the debt to him.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 457
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 447 (old numbering)
Chapter 72

Sweeping (cleaning) of the mosque and removing rags, dirt and sticks from it.

باب كَنْسِ الْمَسْجِدِ وَالْتِقَاطِ الْخِرَقِ وَالْقَذَى وَالْعِيدَانِ

458. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

A black man or a black woman used to sweep the mosque and he or she died. The Prophet ﷺ asked about her (or him). He was told that she (or he) had died. He said, “Why did you not inform me? Show me his grave (or her grave).” So he went to her (his) grave and offered her (his) funeral prayer.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 458
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 448 (old numbering)
Chapter 73

The order of banning the trade of alcoholic drinks was issued in the mosque.

باب تَحْرِيمِ تِجَارَةِ الْخَمْرِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ

459. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

When the verses of Surat “Al-Baqara”‘ about the usury Riba were revealed, the Prophet ﷺ went to the mosque and recited them in front of the people and then banned the trade of alcohol.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 459
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 449 (old numbering)
Chapter 74

Servants for the mosque.

باب الْخَدَمِ لِلْمَسْجِدِ

460. Narrated Abu Rafi (radhiyallahu anhu):

Abu Hurairah said, “A man or a woman used to clean the mosque.” (A sub-narrator said, ‘Most probably a woman..’) Then he narrated the Hadith of the Prophet ﷺ

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 460
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 450f (old numbering)
Chapter 75

To fasten a prisoner or a debtor in the mosque.

باب الأَسِيرِ أَوِ الْغَرِيمِ يُرْبَطُ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ

461. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

“The Prophet ﷺ said, “Last night a big demon (afreet) from the Jinns came to me and wanted to interrupt my prayers (or said something similar) but Allah enabled me to overpower him. I wanted to fasten him to one of the pillars of the mosque so that all of you could See him in the morning but I remembered the statement of my brother Solomon (as stated in Qur’an): My Lord! Forgive me and bestow on me a kingdom such as shall not belong to anybody after me (38.35).” The sub narrator Rauh said, “He (the demon) was dismissed humiliated.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 461
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 450m (old numbering)
Chapter 76

To take a bath on embracing Islam and fasten a prisoner in the mosque.

بَابُ الاِغْتِسَالِ إِذَا أَسْلَمَ، وَرَبْطِ الأَسِيرِ أَيْضًا فِي الْمَسْجِدِ

462. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ sent some horsemen to Najd and they brought a man called Thumama bin Uthal from Bani Hanifa. They fastened him to one of the pillars of the mosque. The Prophet ﷺ came and ordered them to release him. He went to a (garden of) date-palms near the mosque, took a bath and entered the, mosque again and said, “None has the right to be worshipped but Allah an Muhammad is His Messenger ﷺ (i.e. he embraced Islam).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 462
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 451 (old numbering)
Chapter 77

To pitch a tent in the mosque for patients, etc.

باب الْخَيْمَةِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ لِلْمَرْضَى وَغَيْرِهِمْ

463. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

On the day of Al-Khandaq (battle of the Trench’ the medial arm vein of Sa’d bin Mu’ad was injured and the Prophet ﷺ pitched a tent in the mosque to look after him. There was another tent for Banu Ghaffar in the mosque and the blood started flowing from Sa’d’s tent to the tent of Bani Ghaffar. They shouted, “O occupants of the tent! What is coming from you to us?” They found that Sa’d’ wound was bleeding profusely and Sa’d died in his tent.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 463
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 452 (old numbering)
Chapter 78

To take the camel inside the mosque if necessary.

باب إِدْخَالِ الْبَعِيرِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ لِلْعِلَّةِ

464. Narrated Um Salama (radhiyallahu anha):

I complained to Allah’s Messenger ﷺ that I was sick. He told me to perform the Tawaf behind the people while riding. So I did so and Allah’s Messenger ﷺ was praying beside the Ka’bah and reciting the Sura starting with “Wat-tur-wa-Kitabinmastur.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 464
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 453 (old numbering)

465. Narrated Anas bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

Two of the companions of the Prophet ﷺ departed from him on a dark night and were led by two lights like lamps (going in front of them from Allah as a miracle) lighting the way in front of them, and when they parted, each of them was accompanied by one of these lights till he reached their (respective) houses.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 465
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 454 (old numbering)
Chapter 80

Al-Khaukhah (a small door) and a path in the mosque.

باب الْخَوْخَةِ وَالْمَمَرِّ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ

466. Narrated Abu Sa’id Al-Khudri (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ delivered a sermon and said, “Allah gave a choice to one of (His) slaves either to choose this world or what is with Him in the Hereafter. He chose the latter.” Abu Bakr wept. I said lo myself, “Why is this Sheikh weeping, if Allah gave choice to one (of His) slaves either to choose this world or what is with Him in the Here after and he chose the latter?” And that slave was Allah’s Messenger ﷺ himself. Abu Bakr knew more than us. The Prophet ﷺ said, “O Abu Bakr! Don’t weep. The Prophet ﷺ added: Abu- Bakr has favored me much with his property and company. If I were to take a Khalil from mankind I would certainly have taken Abu Bakr but the Islamic brotherhood and friendship is sufficient. Close all the gates in the mosque except that of Abu Bakr.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 466
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 455 (old numbering)

467. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

“Allah’s Messenger ﷺ in his fatal illness came out with a piece of cloth tied round his head and sat on the pulpit. After thanking and praising Allah he said, “There is no one who had done more favor to me with life and property than Abu Bakr bin Abi Quhafa. If I were to take a Khalil, I would certainly have taken Abu- Bakr but the Islamic brotherhood is superior. Close all the small doors in this mosque except that of Abu Bakr.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 467
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 456 (old numbering)
Chapter 81

The doors and locks of the Ka’bah and the mosques.

باب الأَبْوَابِ وَالْغَلَقِ لِلْكَعْبَةِ وَالْمَسَاجِدِ

468. Narrated Nafi:

Ibn ‘Umar said, “The Prophet ﷺ arrived at Makkah and sent for ‘Uthman bin Talha. He opened the gate of the Ka’bah and the Prophet ﷺ, Bilal, Usama bin Zaid and ‘Uthman bin Talha entered the Ka’bah and then they closed its door (from inside). They stayed there for an hour, and then came out.” Ibn ‘Umar added, “I quickly went to Bilal and asked him (whether the Prophet ﷺ had prayed). Bilal replied, ‘He prayed in it.’ I asked, ‘Where?’ He replied, ‘Between the two pillars.’ “Ibn ‘Umar added, “I forgot to ask how many Rak’at he (the Prophet ﷺ) had prayed in the Ka’bah.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 468
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 457 (old numbering)
Chapter 82

The entering of a pagan in the mosque.

باب دُخُولِ الْمُشْرِكِ الْمَسْجِدَ

469. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ sent some horse men to Najd and they brought a man called Thumama bin Uthal from Bani Hanifa. They fastened him to one of the pillars of the mosque.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 469
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 458 (old numbering)
Chapter 83

Raising the voice in the mosque.

باب رَفْعِ الصَّوْتِ فِي الْمَسَاجِدِ

470. Narrated Al-Sa’ib bin Yazid (radhiyallahu anhu):

I was standing in the mosque and somebody threw a gravel at me. I looked and found that he was ‘Umar bin Al-Khattab. He said to me, “Fetch those two men to me.” When I did, he said to them, “Who are you? (Or) where do you come from?” They replied, “We are from Ta’if.” ‘Umar said, “Were you from this city (Al-Madina) I would have punished you for raising your voices in the mosque of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 470
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 459 (old numbering)

471. Narrated ‘Kab bin Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

During the life-time of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ I asked Ibn Abi Hadrad in the mosque to pay the debts which he owed to me and our voices grew so loud that Allah’s Messenger ﷺ heard them while he was in his house. So he came to us after raising the curtain of his room. The Prophet ﷺ said, “O Ka’b bin Malik!” I replied, “Labaik, O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ.” He gestured with his hand to me to reduce the debt to one half. I said, “O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ have done it.” Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said (to Ibn Hadrad), “Get up and pay it.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 471
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 460 (old numbering)
Chapter 84

The religious gatherings in circles and sitting in the mosque.

باب الْحِلَقِ وَالْجُلُوسِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ

472. Narrated Nafi’:

Ibn ‘Umar said, “While the Prophet ﷺ was on the pulpit, a man asked him how to offer the night prayers. He replied, ‘Pray two Rak’at at a time and then two and then two and so on, and if you are afraid of the dawn (the approach of the time of the Fajr prayer) pray one Rak’a and that will be the witr for all the Rak’at which you have offered.” Ibn ‘Umar said, “The last Rak’at of the night prayer should be odd for the Prophet ﷺ ordered it to be so.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 472
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 461 (old numbering)

473. Narrated Ibn ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

A man came to the Prophet ﷺ while he was delivering the sermon and asked him how to offer the night prayers. The Prophet ﷺ replied, ‘Pray two Rak’at at a time and then two and then two and so on and if you are afraid of dawn (the approach of the time of the Fajr prayer) pray one Rak’a and that will be the with for all the Rak’at which you have prayed.” Narrated ‘Ubaidullah bin ‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar: A man called the Prophet ﷺ while he was in the mosque.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 473
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 462 (old numbering)

474. Narrated Abu Waqid al-Laithi (radhiyallahu anhu):

While Allah’s Messenger ﷺ was sitting in the mosque (with some people) three men came, two of them came in front of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ and the third one went away, and then one of them found a place in the circle and sat there while the second man sat behind the gathering, and the third one went away. When Allah’s Messenger ﷺ finished his preaching, he said, “Shall I tell you about these three persons? One of them betook himself to Allah and so Allah accepted him and accommodated him; the second felt shy before Allah so Allah did the same for him and sheltered him in His Mercy (and did not punish him), while the third turned his face from Allah, and went away, so Allah turned His face from him likewise.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 474
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 463 (old numbering)
Chapter 85

To lie flat (on the back) in the mosque.

باب الاِسْتِلْقَاءِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ وَمَدِّ الرِّجْلِ

475. Narrated ‘Abbad bin Tamim:

that his uncle said, “I saw Allah’s Messenger ﷺ lying flat (on his back) in the mosque with one leg on the other.” Narrated Said bin Al-Musaiyab that ‘Umar and ‘Uthman used to do the same.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 475
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 464 (old numbering)
Chapter 86

(If) a mosque (is built) on a road, it should not be a cause of harm for the people.

باب الْمَسْجِدِ يَكُونُ فِي الطَّرِيقِ مِنْ غَيْرِ ضَرَرٍ بِالنَّاسِ

476. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

(the wife of the Prophet ﷺ) I had seen my parents following Islam since I attained the age of puberty. Not a day passed but the Prophet ﷺ visited us, both in the mornings and evenings. My father Abii Bakr thought of building a mosque in the courtyard of his house and he did so. He used to pray and recite the Qur’an in it. The pagan women and their children used to stand by him and look at him with surprise. Abu Bakr was a Softhearted person and could not help weeping while reciting the Qur’an. The chiefs of the Quraish pagans became afraid of that (i.e. that their children and women might be affected by the recitation of Qur’an).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 476
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 465 (old numbering)
Chapter 87

To offer As-Salat (the prayers) in a mosque situated in a market.

باب الصَّلاَةِ فِي مَسْجِدِ السُّوقِ

477. Narrated Abu Hurairah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “The prayer offered in congregation is twenty five times more superior (in reward) to the prayer offered alone in one’s house or in a business center, because if one performs ablution and does it perfectly, and then proceeds to the mosque with the sole intention of praying, then for each step which he takes towards the mosque, Allah upgrades him a degree in reward and (forgives) crosses out one sin till he enters the mosque. When he enters the mosque he is considered in prayer as long as he is waiting for the prayer and the angels keep on asking for Allah’s forgiveness for him and they keep on saying: ‘O Allah! Be Merciful to him, O Allah! Forgive him, as long as he keeps on sitting at his praying place and does not pass wind. (See Hadith No. 620).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 477
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 466 (old numbering)
Chapter 88

To clasp one’s hands by interlocking the fingers in the mosque or outside the mosque.

باب تَشْبِيكِ الأَصَابِعِ فِي الْمَسْجِدِ وَغَيْرِهِ

478, 479. Narrated Ibn ‘Umar or Ibn ‘Amr (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The Prophet ﷺ clasped his hands, by interlacing his fingers.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 478, 479
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 467 (old numbering)

480. Narrated ‘Abdullah that Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, “O ‘Abdullah bin ‘Amr! What will be your condition when you will be left with the sediments of (worst) people?” (They will be in conflict with each other).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 480
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 467 (old numbering)

481. Narrated Abu Musa (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ said, “A faithful believer to a faithful believer is like the bricks of a wall, enforcing each other.” While (saying that) the Prophet ﷺ clasped his hands, by interlacing his fingers.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 481
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 468 (old numbering)

482. Narrated Ibn Sirin:

Abu Hurairah said, “Allah’s Messenger ﷺ led us in one of the two ‘Isha’ prayers (Abu Hurairah named that prayer but I forgot it).” Abu Hurairah added, “He prayed two Rak’at and then finished the prayer with Tasllm. He stood up near a piece of wood Lying across the mosque and leaned on it in such a way as if he was angry. Then he put his right hand over the left and clasped his hands by interlacing his fingers and then put his J right cheek on the back of his left hand. The people who were in haste left the mosque through its gates. They wondered whether the prayer was reduced. And amongst them were Abu Bakr and ‘Umar but they hesitated to ask the Prophet ﷺ. A long-handed man called Dhul-Yadain asked the Prophet ﷺ, ‘O Allah’s Messenger ﷺ! Have you; forgotten or has the prayer been reduced?’ The Prophet ﷺ replied, ‘I have neither forgotten nor has the prayer been reduced’ The Prophet ﷺ added, ‘Is what Dhul Yadain has said true?’ They (the people) said, ‘Yes, it is true.’ The Prophet ﷺ stood up again and led the prayer, completing the remaining prayer, forgotten by him, and performed Talsrm, and then said, ‘Allahu Akbar.’ And then he did a prostration as he used to prostrate or longer than that. He then raised his head saying, ‘Allahu Akbar; he then again said, ‘Allahu Akbar’, and prostrated as he used to prostrate or longer than that. Then he raised his head and said, ‘Allahu Akbar.’ ” (The subnarrator added, “I think that they asked (Ibn Sirin) whether the Prophet ﷺ completed the prayer with Taslim. He replied, “I heard that ‘Imran bin Husain had said, ‘Then he (the Prophet ﷺ) did Taslim.”)

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 482
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 469 (old numbering)
Chapter 89

The mosques which are on the way to Al-Madina and the places where the Prophet ﷺ had offered Salat (prayers).

بَابُ الْمَسَاجِدِ الَّتِي عَلَى طُرُقِ الْمَدِينَةِ، وَالْمَوَاضِعِ الَّتِي صَلَّى فِيهَا النَّبِيُّ صَلَّى اللَّهُ عَلَيْهِ وَسَلَّمَ

483. Narrated Fudail bin Sulaiman:

Musa bin ‘Uqba said, “I saw Salim bin ‘Abdullah looking for some places on the way and prayed there. He narrated that his father used to pray there, and had seen the Prophet ﷺ praying at those very places.”

Narrated Nafi’ on the authority of Ibn ‘Umar who said, “I used to pray at those places.” Musa the narrator added, “I asked Salim on which he said, ‘I agree with Nafi’ concerning those places, except the mosque situated at the place called Sharaf Ar-Rawha.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 483
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 470 (old numbering)

484. This hadith is about the various places on the way from Al-Madina to Makkah where the Prophet ﷺ prayed; their locations are impossible to translate.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 484
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 471 (old numbering)

485–492. See Hadith 484.

Chapter 90

The Sutra of the Imam is also a Sutra for those who are behind him.

باب سُتْرَةُ الإِمَامِ سُتْرَةُ مَنْ خَلْفَهُ

493. Narrated Ibn ‘Abbas (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Once I came riding a she-ass when I had just attained the age of puberty. Allah’s Messenger ﷺ was offering the prayer at Mina with no wall in front of him and I passed in front of some of the row. There I dismounted and let my she-ass loose to graze and entered the row and nobody objected to me about it.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 493
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 472 (old numbering)

494. Narrated Ibn ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

Whenever Allah’s Messenger ﷺ came out on ‘Id day, he used to order that a Harba (a short spear) to be planted in front of him (as a Sutra for his prayer) and then he used to pray facing it with the people behind him and used to do the same while on a journey. After the Prophet ﷺ , this practice was adopted by the Muslim rulers (who followed his traditions).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 494
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 473 (old numbering)

495. Narrated ‘Aun bin Abi Juhaifa:

I heard my father saying, “The Prophet ﷺ led us, and prayed a two-Rak’at Zuhr prayer and then a two-Rak’at ‘Asr prayer at Al-Batha’ with an ‘Anza (planted) in front of him (as a Sutra) while women and donkeys were passing in front of him (beyond that ‘Anza).”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 495
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 474 (old numbering)
Chapter 91

What should be the distance between the person offering Salat (prayer) and the Sutra?

باب قَدْرِ كَمْ يَنْبَغِي أَنْ يَكُونَ بَيْنَ الْمُصَلِّي وَالسُّتْرَةِ

496. Narrated Sahl (bin Sa’d) (radhiyallahu anhu):

The distance between the Musalla of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ and the wall was just sufficient for a sheep to pass through.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 496
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 475 (old numbering)

497. Narrated Salama (radhiyallahu anhu):

The distance between the wall of the mosque and the pulpit was hardly enough for a sheep to pass through.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 497
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 476 (old numbering)
Chapter 92

To offer As-Salat (the prayer) using a Harba (a short spear) (as a Sutra).

باب الصَّلاَةِ إِلَى الْحَرْبَةِ

498. Narrated ‘Abdullah (radhiyallahu anhu):

The Prophet ﷺ used to get a Harba planted in front of him (as a Sutra) and pray behind it.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 498
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 477 (old numbering)
Chapter 93

To offer As-Salat (the prayer) using an ‘Anaza (a spear-headed stick) (as a Sutra).

باب الصَّلاَةِ إِلَى الْعَنَزَةِ

499. Narrated ‘Aun bin Abi Juhaifa:

that he had heard his father saying, “Allah’s Messenger ﷺ came to us at mid-day and water was brought for his ablution. He performed ablution and led us in Zuhr and ‘Asr prayers with an ‘Anza planted in front of him (as a Sutra), while women and donkeys were passing beyond it.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 499
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 478 (old numbering)

500. Narrated Anas Ibn Malik (radhiyallahu anhu):

Whenever the Prophet ﷺ went for answering the call of nature, I and another boy used to go after him with a staff, a stick or an ‘Anza and a tumbler of water and when he finished from answering the call of nature we would hand that tumbler of water to him.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 500
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 479 (old numbering)
Chapter 94

Sutra (for the prayer) in Makkah and elsewhere.

باب السُّتْرَةِ بِمَكَّةَ وَغَيْرِهَا

501. Narrated Abu Juhaifa (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ came out at midday and offered a two-Rak’at Zuhr and ‘Asr prayers at Al-Batha and an ‘Anza was planted in front of him (as a Sutra). He performed ablution and the people took the remaining water left after his ablution and rubbed their bodies with it.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 501
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 480 (old numbering)
Chapter 95

To offer As-Salat (the prayer) facing a pillar.

باب الصَّلاَةِ إِلَى الأُسْطُوَانَةِ

502. Narrated Yazid bin Al ‘Ubaid:

I used to accompany Salama bin Al-Akwa’ and he used to pray behind the pillar which was near the place where the Qur’an’s were kept I said, “O Abu Muslim! I see you always seeking to pray behind this pillar.” He replied, “I saw Allah’s Messenger ﷺ always seeking to pray near that pillar.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 502
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 481 (old numbering)

503. Narrated Anas (radhiyallahu anhu):

I saw the most famous people amongst the companions of the Prophet ﷺ hurrying towards the pillars at the Maghrib prayer before the Prophet ﷺ came for the prayer.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 503
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 482 (old numbering)
Chapter 96

To offer non-congregational As-Salat (the prayers) between the pillars.

باب الصَّلاَةِ بَيْنَ السَّوَارِي فِي غَيْرِ جَمَاعَةٍ

504. Narrated Ibn ‘Umar (radhiyallahu anhuma):

The Prophet ﷺ entered the Ka’bah along with Usama bin Zaid, ‘Uthman bin Talha and Bilal and remained there for a long time. When they came out, I was the first man to enter the Ka’bah. I asked Bilal “Where did the Prophet ﷺ pray?” Bilal replied, “Between the two front Pillars.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 504
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 483 (old numbering)

505. Narrated Nafi’:

‘Abdullah bin ‘Umar said, “Allah’s Messenger ﷺ entered the Ka’bah along with Usama bin Zaid, Bilal and ‘Uthman bin Talha Al-Hajabi and closed the door and stayed there for some time. I asked Bilal when he came out, ‘What did the Prophet ﷺ do?’ He replied, ‘He offered prayer with one pillar to his left and one to his right and three behind.’ In those days the Ka’bah was supported by six pillars.” Malik said: “There were two pillars on his (the Prophet’s ﷺ) right side.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 505
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 484 (old numbering)

506. Narrated Nafi’:

Whenever ‘Abdullah entered the Ka’bah, he used to go ahead leaving the door of the Ka’bah behind him. He would proceed on till the remaining distance between him and the opposite wall was about three cubits. Then he would offer prayer there where the Prophet ﷺ had offered Salat (prayers), as Bilal informed me. Ibn ‘Umar said, “It does not matter for any of us to offer prayers at any place inside the Ka’bah.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 506
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 8, Hadith 484 (old numbering)
Chapter 98

To offer As-Salat (prayers) facing a Rahila (mount) a camel, a tree or a camel-saddle (etc. as a Sutra).

باب الصَّلاَةِ إِلَى الرَّاحِلَةِ وَالْبَعِيرِ وَالشَّجَرِ وَالرَّحْلِ

507. Narrated Nafi:

“The Prophet ﷺ used to make his she-camel sit across and he would pray facing it (as a Sutra).” I asked, “What would the Prophet ﷺ do if the she-camel was provoked and moved?” He said, “He would take its camel-saddle and put it in front of him and pray facing its back part (as a Sutra). And Ibn ‘Umar used to do the same.” (This indicates that one should not pray except behind a Sutra).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 507
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 485 (old numbering)
Chapter 99

To offer As-Salat (the prayer) facing a bed.

باب الصَّلاَةِ إِلَى السَّرِيرِ

508. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

Do you make us (women) equal to dogs and donkeys? While I used to lie in my bed, the Prophet ﷺ would come and pray facing the middle of the bed. I used to consider it not good to stand in front of him in his prayers. So I used to slip away slowly and quietly from the foot of the bed till I got out of my guilt.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 508
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 486 (old numbering)
Chapter 100

The person offering Salat (prayer) should repulse that person who tries to pass in front of him.

باب يَرُدُّ الْمُصَلِّي مَنْ مَرَّ بَيْنَ يَدَيْهِ

509. Narrated Abu Salih As-Samman:

I saw Abu Sa’id Al-Khudri praying on a Friday, behind something which acted as a Sutra. A young man from Bani Abi Mu’ait, wanted to pass in front of him, but Abu Sa’id repulsed him with a push on his chest. Finding no alternative he again tried to pass but Abu Sa’id pushed him with a greater force. The young man abused Abu Sa’id and went to Marwan and lodged a complaint against Abu Sa’id and Abu Sa’id followed the young man to Marwan who asked him, “O Abu Sa’id! What has happened between you and the son of your brother?” Abu Sa’id said to him, “I heard the Prophet ﷺ saying, ‘If anybody amongst you is praying behind something as a Sutra and somebody tries to pass in front of him, then he should repulse him and if he refuses, he should use force against him for he is a satan.’ “

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 509
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 487-488 (old numbering)
Chapter 101

The sin of a person who passes in front of a person offering Salat (prayer).

باب إِثْمِ الْمَارِّ بَيْنَ يَدَىِ الْمُصَلِّي

510. Narrated Busr bin Said:

that Zaid bin Khalid sent him to Abi Juhaim to ask him what he had heard from Allah’s Messenger ﷺ about a person passing in front of another person who was praying. Abu Juhaim replied, “Allah’s Messenger ﷺ said, ‘If the person who passes in front of another person in prayer knew the magnitude of his sin he would prefer to wait for 40 (days, months or years) rather than to pass in front of him.” Abu An-Nadr said, “I do not remember exactly whether he said 40 days, months or years.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 510
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 489 (old numbering)
Chapter 102

A man facing a man while offering Salat (prayer)

باب اسْتِقْبَالِ الرَّجُلِ صَاحِبَهُ أَوْ غَيْرَهُ فِي صَلاَتِهِ وَهُوَ يُصَلِّي

511. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

The things which annul the prayers were mentioned before me. They said, “Prayer is annulled by a dog, a donkey and a woman (if they pass in front of the praying people).” I said, “You have made us (i.e. women) dogs. I saw the Prophet ﷺ praying while I used to lie in my bed between him and the Qibla. Whenever I was in need of something, I would slip away. for I disliked to face him.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 511
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 490 (old numbering)
Chapter 103

To offer As-Salat (the prayer) behind a sleeping person.

باب الصَّلاَةِ خَلْفَ النَّائِمِ

512. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

The Prophet ﷺ used to pray while I was sleeping across in his bed in front of him. Whenever he wanted to pray Witr, he would wake me up and I would pray Witr.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 512
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 491 (old numbering)
Chapter 104

To offer Nawafil (non-obligatory prayers) behind a sleeping woman.

باب التَّطَوُّعِ خَلْفَ الْمَرْأَةِ

513. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

the wife of the Prophet ﷺ, “I used to sleep in front of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ with my legs opposite his Qibla (facing him); and whenever he prostrated, he pushed my feet and I withdrew them and whenever he stood, I stretched them.” ‘Aishah added, “In those days there were no lamps in the houses.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 513
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 492 (old numbering)
Chapter 105

Whoever said: “Nothing annuls As-Salat (the prayer) (i.e. nothing of what others do, not the praying person himself).”

باب مَنْ قَالَ لاَ يَقْطَعُ الصَّلاَةَ شَىْءٌ

514. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

The things which annual prayer were mentioned before me (and those were): a dog, a donkey and a woman. I said, “You have compared us (women) to donkeys and dogs. By Allah! I saw the Prophet ﷺ praying while I used to lie in (my) bed between him and the Qibla. Whenever I was in need of something, I disliked to sit and trouble the Prophet ﷺ. So, I would slip away by the side of his feet.”

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 514
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 493 (old numbering)

515. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

(the wife of the Prophet ﷺ) Allah’s Messenger ﷺ used to get up at night and pray while I used to lie across between him and the Qibla on his family’s bed.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 515
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 494 (old numbering)
Chapter 106

If a small girl is carried on one’s neck during As-Salat (the prayer).

باب إِذَا حَمَلَ جَارِيَةً صَغِيرَةً عَلَى عُنُقِهِ فِي الصَّلاَةِ

516. Narrated Abu Qatada Al-Ansari (radhiyallahu anhu):

Allah’s Messenger ﷺ was praying and he was carrying Umama the daughters of Zainab, the daughter of Allah’s Messenger ﷺ and she was the daughter of ‘As bin Rabi’a bin ‘Abdu Shams. When he prostrated, he put her down and when he stood, he carried her (on his neck).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 516
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 495 (old numbering)
Chapter 107

To offer Salat (prayer) facing a bed occupied by a menstruating woman.

باب إِذَا صَلَّى إِلَى فِرَاشٍ فِيهِ حَائِضٌ

517. Narrated Maimuna bint Al-Harith (radhiyallahu anha):

My bed was beside the praying place (Musalla) of the Prophet ﷺ and sometimes his garment fell on me while I used to lie in my bed.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 517
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 496 (old numbering)

518. Narrated Maimuna (radhiyallahu anha):

The Prophet ﷺ used to pray while I used to sleep beside him during my periods (menses) and in prostrations his garment used to touch me.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 518
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 497 (old numbering)
Chapter 108

Is it permissible to touch or push one’s wife in prostration, in order to prostrate properly?

باب هَلْ يَغْمِزُ الرَّجُلُ امْرَأَتَهُ عِنْدَ السُّجُودِ لِكَىْ يَسْجُدَ

519. Narrated ‘Aishah (radhiyallahu anha):

It is not good that you people have made us (women) equal to dogs and donkeys. No doubt I saw Allah’s Messenger ﷺ praying while I used to lie between him and the Qibla and when he wanted to prostrate, he pushed my legs and I withdrew them.

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 519
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 498 (old numbering)
Chapter 109

A woman can remove troublesome or offensive things from a person in Salat (prayer).

باب الْمَرْأَةِ تَطْرَحُ عَنِ الْمُصَلِّي، شَيْئًا مِنَ الأَذَى

520. Narrated ‘Amr bin Maimuin:

‘Abdullah bin Mas’ud said, “While Allah’s Messenger ﷺ was praying beside the Ka’bah, there were some Quraish people sitting in a gathering. One of them said, ‘Don’t you see this (who does deeds just to show off)? Who amongst you can go and bring the dung, blood and the abdominal contents (intestines, etc). of the slaughtered camels of the family of so and so and then wait till he prostrates and put that in between his shoulders?’ The most unfortunate amongst them (‘Uqba bin Abi Mu’ait) went (and brought them) and when Allah’s Messenger ﷺ prostrated, he put them between his shoulders. The Prophet ﷺ remained in prostration and they laughed so much so that they fell on each other. A passerby went to Fatima, who was a young girl in those days. She came running and the Prophet ﷺ was still in prostration. She removed them and cursed upon the Quraish on their faces. When Allah’s Messenger ﷺ completed his prayer, he said, ‘O Allah! Take revenge on Quraish.’ He said so thrice and added, ‘O Allah! take revenge on ‘Amr bin Hisham, ‘Utba bin Rabia, Shaiba bin Rabi’a, Al-Walid bin’Utba, Umaiya bin Khalaf, ‘Uqba bin Abi Mu’ait and ‘Umar a bin Al-Walid.” ‘Abdullah added, “By Allah! I saw all of them dead in the battle field on the day of Badr and they were dragged and thrown in the Qalib (a well) at Badr: Allah’s Messenger ﷺ then said, ‘Allah’s curse has descended upon the people of the Qalib (well).

Reference
: Sahih al-Bukhari 520
USC-MSA reference
: Vol. 1, Book 9, Hadith 499 (old numbering)

No ahadith match your search.

The Pillars, Obligatory Elements, and Sunan of Salaah – Al-Mulakhas Al-Fiqhi – Abu Muhammad al-Maghribee [Mp3|En]

The Pillars, Obligatory Elements, and Sunan of Salaah
Abu Muhammad al-Maghribee (hafidhahullaah)
Audio Courtesy: http://followthesalaf.com
[Mp3|English]

From the book Al-Mulakhas al-Fiqhi (A Summary of Islamic Jurisprudence) by Sheikh Saaleh al-Fawzaan. The book of Salaah.

Listen / Download Mp3 Here  (Time 1:10:54)

Notes: The Conditions (Shuroot), Pillars (Arkaan) and Requirements (Waajibaat) of the Prayer

A condition (sharat) is something that is required before the commencement of prayer in order for it to be valid.

The pillars (arkaan) are that which if one fails to perform any of them out of forgetfulness or intentionally, his prayer is rendered invalid because of his abandoning it. Sujood as Sahuw will not make up for someone neglecting one of these pillars – even out of forgetfulness. If, for example, someone realizes during the third rak’ah of the ‘Isha prayer that he left out a rukun (pillar) during each of the first two rak’ah, then he must make up those first two rak’ah. Additionally, before taslim, he should make Sujood as Sahuw. But if he were to say, “I’ll just make Sujood as Sahuw at the end” and not make up those first two rak’ah in which he left off a rukun, then his prayer would be null and void.